From 0de294a5868f0226a816d73f489e84ae16ba3910 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Gregory Nutt <gnutt@nuttx.org>
Date: Thu, 11 May 2017 13:35:56 -0600
Subject: [PATCH] Fix lots of occurrences of 'the the', 'the there', 'the
 these', 'the then', 'the they.

---
 ChangeLog                                     |  8 +++----
 Documentation/NfsHowto.html                   |  2 +-
 Documentation/NuttXBinfmt.html                |  2 +-
 Documentation/NuttxPortingGuide.html          |  8 +++----
 Documentation/NuttxUserGuide.html             |  4 ++--
 ReleaseNotes                                  |  4 ++--
 TODO                                          |  2 +-
 arch/Kconfig                                  |  2 +-
 arch/arm/include/stm32/ltdc.h                 |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/a1x/a1x_lowputc.c                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_addrenv.c            |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_gicv2.c              |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/armv7-a/pgalloc.h                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_exception.S       |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_lazyexception.S   |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_dma.h                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_usbhost.c            | 10 ++++-----
 arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_vectors.S            |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/imx6/imx_memorymap.h             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_lpserial.c       |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_sdhc.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_vectors.S        |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/lpc11xx/lpc11_serial.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_usbhost.c          |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_vectors.S          |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/Kconfig                  |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/lpc31_ehci.c             |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ehci.c             |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ethernet.c         |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_oneshot.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tc.c                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tickless.c          |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_emac.c                 |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_vectors.S              |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/sama5/Kconfig                    |  8 +++----
 arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emaca.h           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emacb.h           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_adc.c                  |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_allocateheap.c         |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_dbgu.c                 |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ehci.c                 |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emaca.c                |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emacb.c                |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_gmac.c                 |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_hsmci.c                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_memorymap.h            |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_nand.c                 |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ohci.c                 |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_oneshot.c              |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tc.c                   |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tickless.c             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_udphs.c                |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d2x_pio.c             |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d3x4x_pio.c           |  8 +++----
 arch/arm/src/samdl/sam_timerisr.c             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samdl/saml_clockconfig.c         |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/chip/sam_emac.h            |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_dac.c                  |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_emac.c                 |  6 ++---
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_hsmci.c                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_oneshot.c              |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tc.c                   |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tickless.c             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_usbdevhs.c             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/Kconfig                    |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/gnu/stm32_vectors.S        |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/stm32/iar/stm32_vectors.S        |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_bbsram.c             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_dma.h                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_eth.c                |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_ltdc.c               |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_oneshot.c            |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfsdev.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfshost.c          |  8 +++----
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otghshost.c          |  8 +++----
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_tickless.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32f40xxx_rtcc.c         |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32f0/stm32f0_hsi48.c          |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_bbsram.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_dma.h              |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_ethernet.c         |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_otghost.c          |  8 +++----
 arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_dma.h            |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_oneshot.c        |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_otgfshost.c      |  8 +++----
 arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_rtcc.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_tickless.c       |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_i2c.c                  |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timer.h                |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlib.c             |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlow32.c           |  2 +-
 arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_vectors.S              |  4 ++--
 arch/arm/src/tiva/tm4c_ethernet.c             |  4 ++--
 arch/misoc/src/common/misoc.h                 |  2 +-
 arch/sim/src/up_simsmp.c                      |  2 +-
 arch/sim/src/up_tickless.c                    |  2 +-
 arch/xtensa/src/common/xtensa_testset.c       |  2 +-
 arch/xtensa/src/esp32/chip/esp32_uart.h       |  2 +-
 arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_gpio.h            |  2 +-
 .../src/esp32/esp32_intercpu_interrupt.c      |  2 +-
 arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_clkinit.c              |  2 +-
 arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_espi.c                 |  2 +-
 arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_serial.c               |  2 +-
 audio/README.txt                              |  2 +-
 audio/pcm_decode.c                            |  4 ++--
 binfmt/binfmt_exepath.c                       |  4 ++--
 binfmt/libpcode/README.txt                    |  2 +-
 configs/Kconfig                               |  4 ++--
 configs/README.txt                            |  4 ++--
 configs/arduino-due/src/sam_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/bambino-200e/src/lpc43_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/boardctl.c                            |  2 +-
 configs/cc3200-launchpad/src/cc3200_boot.c    |  2 +-
 configs/clicker2-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/cloudctrl/README.txt                  |  2 +-
 configs/cloudctrl/src/stm32_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/demo9s12ne64/src/m9s12_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/dk-tm4c129x/src/tm4c_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/ea3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 configs/ea3152/src/lpc31_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 configs/eagle100/src/lm_appinit.c             |  2 +-
 configs/ekk-lm3s9b96/src/lm_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/esp32-core/README.txt                 |  2 +-
 configs/esp32-core/src/esp32_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/ez80f910200zco/README.txt             |  2 +-
 configs/fire-stm32v2/src/stm32_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-k64f/include/board.h          |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_automount.c      |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-k66f/include/board.h          |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_automount.c      |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-kl25z/src/kl_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/freedom-kl26z/src/kl_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/hymini-stm32v/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/kwikstik-k40/src/k40_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/launchxl-tms57004/README.txt          |  2 +-
 .../launchxl-tms57004/src/tms570_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/lincoln60/src/lpc17_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/lm3s6432-s2e/src/lm_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/lm3s6965-ek/src/lm_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 configs/lm3s8962-ek/src/lm_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 configs/lm4f120-launchpad/src/lm4f_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4330-xplorer/README.txt            |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4330-xplorer/src/lpc43_appinit.c   |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4337-ws/README.txt                 |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4337-ws/src/lpc43_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4357-evb/README.txt                |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4357-evb/src/lpc43_appinit.c       |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4370-link2/README.txt              |  2 +-
 configs/lpc4370-link2/src/lpc43_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/README.txt         |  2 +-
 .../lpcxpresso-lpc1115/src/lpc11_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/README.txt         |  2 +-
 .../lpcxpresso-lpc1768/src/lpc17_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/maple/src/stm32_appinit.c             |  2 +-
 configs/mbed/src/lpc17_appinit.c              |  2 +-
 configs/mcu123-lpc214x/src/lpc2148_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/mikroe-stm32f4/src/stm32_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/mirtoo/src/pic32_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 configs/moxa/src/moxart_appinit.c             |  2 +-
 configs/ne64badge/src/m9s12_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/nr5m100-nexys4/src/nr5_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-144/src/stm32_appinitialize.c  |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-f072rb/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-f091rc/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 .../nucleo-f303re/src/stm32_appinitialize.c   |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-f334r8/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-f4x1re/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-l432kc/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-l452re/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/nucleo-l476rg/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 .../nucleo-l496zg/src/stm32_appinitialize.c   |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-lpc-h3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-lpc1766stk/src/lpc17_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-lpc2378/src/lpc2378_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-stm32-h405/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-stm32-h407/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-stm32-p107/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-stm32-p207/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-stm32-p407/README.txt          |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-stm32-p407/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/olimex-strp711/src/str71_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/olimexino-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c   |  2 +-
 configs/open1788/src/lpc17_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 .../pcblogic-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/photon/src/stm32_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 .../pic32mx-starterkit/src/pic32mx_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/pic32mx7mmb/src/pic32_appinit.c       |  2 +-
 configs/pic32mz-starterkit/include/board.h    |  2 +-
 .../pic32mz-starterkit/src/pic32mz_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/sabre-6quad/README.txt                |  2 +-
 configs/sabre-6quad/src/imx_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/sam3u-ek/README.txt                   |  2 +-
 configs/sam3u-ek/src/sam_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 configs/sam4cmp-db/src/sam_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c           |  2 +-
 configs/sam4l-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/sam4s-xplained-pro/src/sam_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d2-xult/README.txt               |  4 ++--
 configs/sama5d2-xult/src/sam_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c   |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c        |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c          |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d4-ek/README.txt                 | 22 +++++++++----------
 configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_automount.c        |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c         |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c           |  2 +-
 configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sama5d4-ek.h           |  2 +-
 configs/samd20-xplained/README.txt            |  2 +-
 configs/samd20-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/samd21-xplained/README.txt            |  2 +-
 configs/samd21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/same70-xplained/include/board.h       |  2 +-
 configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c    |  2 +-
 configs/saml21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/samv71-xult/README.txt                |  2 +-
 configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_ethernet.c        |  2 +-
 configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_wm8904.c          |  2 +-
 configs/shenzhou/src/stm32_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 configs/sim/src/sim_appinit.c                 |  2 +-
 configs/spark/src/stm32_appinit.c             |  2 +-
 configs/stm3210e-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/stm3220g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/stm3240g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/stm32_tiny/src/stm32_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f0discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f103-minimum/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f3discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f411e-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f429i-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c  |  2 +-
 configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_ethernet.c |  2 +-
 .../src/stm32_appinitialize.c                 |  2 +-
 configs/stm32l476-mdk/src/stm32_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/stm32l476vg-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/stm32ldiscovery/src/stm32_appinit.c   |  2 +-
 configs/sure-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 configs/teensy-2.0/src/at90usb_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/teensy-3.x/README.txt                 |  2 +-
 configs/teensy-3.x/src/k20_appinit.c          |  2 +-
 configs/teensy-lc/src/kl_appinit.c            |  2 +-
 configs/tm4c123g-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/tm4c1294-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c |  2 +-
 configs/twr-k60n512/src/k60_appinit.c         |  2 +-
 configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_automount.c      |  2 +-
 configs/u-blox-c027/src/lpc17_appinit.c       |  2 +-
 configs/ubw32/src/pic32_appinit.c             |  2 +-
 configs/viewtool-stm32f107/README.txt         |  4 ++--
 .../viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_appinit.c    |  2 +-
 .../viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_ssd1289.c    |  2 +-
 .../src/viewtool_stm32f107.h                  |  2 +-
 configs/xmc4500-relax/src/xmc4_appinit.c      |  2 +-
 configs/z16f2800100zcog/README.txt            |  2 +-
 configs/zkit-arm-1769/src/lpc17_appinit.c     |  2 +-
 configs/zp214xpa/src/lpc2148_appinit.c        |  2 +-
 drivers/input/ajoystick.c                     |  2 +-
 drivers/input/button_upper.c                  |  2 +-
 drivers/input/djoystick.c                     |  2 +-
 drivers/leds/userled_upper.c                  |  2 +-
 drivers/mtd/mtd_config.c                      |  2 +-
 drivers/mtd/mtd_onfi.c                        |  2 +-
 drivers/mtd/smart.c                           |  2 +-
 drivers/serial/ptmx.c                         |  2 +-
 drivers/syslog/syslog_device.c                |  2 +-
 drivers/usbhost/Kconfig                       |  2 +-
 drivers/usbhost/usbhost_composite.c           |  2 +-
 drivers/usbhost/usbhost_devaddr.c             |  2 +-
 drivers/usbhost/usbhost_trace.c               |  2 +-
 drivers/usbmonitor/Kconfig                    |  4 ++--
 drivers/usbmonitor/usbmonitor.c               |  2 +-
 drivers/wireless/cc3000/socket_imp.c          |  2 +-
 graphics/vnc/server/vnc_raw.c                 |  2 +-
 graphics/vnc/server/vnc_rre.c                 |  2 +-
 graphics/vnc/server/vnc_server.h              |  4 ++--
 include/nuttx/arch.h                          |  4 ++--
 include/nuttx/audio/wm8904.h                  |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/binfmt/binfmt.h                 |  4 ++--
 include/nuttx/board.h                         |  4 ++--
 include/nuttx/input/ajoystick.h               |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/input/buttons.h                 |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/input/djoystick.h               |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/leds/userled.h                  |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/lib/modlib.h                    |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/mtd/onfi.h                      |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/net/netdev.h                    |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/net/sixlowpan.h                 |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/power/battery_charger.h         |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/power/battery_gauge.h           |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/sdio.h                          |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/spi/slave.h                     |  2 +-
 include/nuttx/usb/usbhost.h                   |  6 ++---
 include/nuttx/usb/usbhost_devaddr.h           |  2 +-
 include/sys/boardctl.h                        |  2 +-
 libc/locale/lib_localeconv.c                  |  2 +-
 libc/modlib/modlib_registry.c                 |  4 ++--
 libc/netdb/lib_dns.h                          |  2 +-
 libc/netdb/lib_dnsquery.c                     |  4 ++--
 libc/wqueue/work_usrthread.c                  |  4 ++--
 libnx/nxfonts/nxfonts_cache.c                 |  2 +-
 mm/iob/iob_clone.c                            |  2 +-
 mm/shm/README.txt                             |  2 +-
 mm/shm/shmat.c                                |  2 +-
 mm/shm/shmctl.c                               |  4 ++--
 mm/shm/shmdt.c                                |  2 +-
 net/arp/arp.h                                 |  2 +-
 net/arp/arp_notify.c                          |  2 +-
 net/devif/devif.h                             |  2 +-
 net/devif/devif_pktsend.c                     |  2 +-
 net/netdev/netdev_verify.c                    |  2 +-
 net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_input.c               |  2 +-
 net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_send.c                |  2 +-
 net/socket/net_monitor.c                      |  2 +-
 net/tcp/tcp.h                                 |  4 ++--
 net/tcp/tcp_send.c                            |  4 ++--
 net/tcp/tcp_send_buffered.c                   |  2 +-
 net/tcp/tcp_send_unbuffered.c                 |  2 +-
 net/udp/udp_psock_sendto.c                    |  2 +-
 sched/Kconfig                                 |  4 ++--
 sched/group/group_join.c                      |  4 ++--
 sched/pthread/pthread_cleanup.c               |  2 +-
 sched/sched/sched_resumescheduler.c           |  2 +-
 sched/sched/sched_setaffinity.c               |  2 +-
 sched/sched/sched_setpriority.c               |  2 +-
 sched/sched/sched_sporadic.c                  |  6 ++---
 sched/sched/sched_suspendscheduler.c          |  2 +-
 sched/task/task_getpid.c                      |  2 +-
 sched/task/task_terminate.c                   |  2 +-
 sched/task/task_vfork.c                       |  2 +-
 sched/wdog/wd_create.c                        |  2 +-
 sched/wdog/wd_start.c                         |  2 +-
 sched/wdog/wdog.h                             |  2 +-
 sched/wqueue/kwork_process.c                  |  2 +-
 tools/Config.mk                               |  2 +-
 tools/README.txt                              |  2 +-
 342 files changed, 438 insertions(+), 438 deletions(-)

diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index e15bf20e50..7466baf3d0 100755
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -10770,8 +10770,8 @@
 	  serial device servers.  From Anton D. Kachalov (2015-07-29).
 	* drivers/net/ and include/nuttx/net: Add support for a Faraday
 	* FTMAC100 Ethernet MAC Driver.  From Anton D. Kachalov (2015-07-29).
-	* 16550 UART Driver: Add a configuration option to indicate the the
-	  THR empty bit is inverted.  This is the the case for the moxART SoC.
+	* 16550 UART Driver: Add a configuration option to indicate the
+	  THR empty bit is inverted.  This is the case for the moxART SoC.
 	  Based comments from Anton D. Kachalov (2015-07-29).
 	* STM32 F4:  Add DMA support to the ADC driver for STM32 F4.  From
 	  Max Kriegler (2015-07-30).
@@ -13129,7 +13129,7 @@
 	  protect code.
 
 	  So this change adds locking (via enter_critical section) to wdog
-	  expiration logic for the the case if the SMP configuration
+	  expiration logic for the case if the SMP configuration
 	  (2016-11-18).
 	* SAM3/4: Add delay between setting and clearing the endpoint RESET bit
 	  in sam_ep_resume().  We need to add a delay between setting and
@@ -13248,7 +13248,7 @@
 	  select to log only notes from certain CPUs (2016-11-28).
 	* Misoc LM3: Add Misoc Ethernet driver.  Integrate network support into
 	  configs/misoc/hello.  Remove configs/misoc/include/generated directory.
-	  I suppose the the intent now is that this is a symbolic link?  DANGER!
+	  I suppose the intent now is that this is a symbolic link?  DANGER!
 	  This means that you cannot compile this code with first generating
 	  these files a providing a symbolic link to this location!  From Ramtin
 	  Amin (2016-11-28).
diff --git a/Documentation/NfsHowto.html b/Documentation/NfsHowto.html
index a6e7d3fb2e..95da2bb73c 100644
--- a/Documentation/NfsHowto.html
+++ b/Documentation/NfsHowto.html
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ This is a test
 <p>
   Setting up the server will be done in two steps:
   First, setting up the configuration file for NFS, and then starting the NFS services.
-  But first, you need to install the nfs server on Ubuntu with the these two commands:
+  But first, you need to install the nfs server on Ubuntu with these two commands:
 </p>
 <ul><pre>
 # sudo apt-get install nfs-common</FONT>
diff --git a/Documentation/NuttXBinfmt.html b/Documentation/NuttXBinfmt.html
index 49a999846c..600693ba49 100644
--- a/Documentation/NuttXBinfmt.html
+++ b/Documentation/NuttXBinfmt.html
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ EXEPATH_HANDLE exepath_init(void);
 <ul>
     On success, <code>exepath_init()</code> return a non-<code>NULL</code>, opaque handle that may subsequently be used in calls to <code>exepath_next()</code> and <code>exepath_release()</code>.
     On error, a <code>NULL</code> handle value will be returned.
-    The most likely cause of an error would be that the there is no value associated with the <code>PATH</code> variable.
+    The most likely cause of an error would be that there is no value associated with the <code>PATH</code> variable.
 </ul>
 
 <h3>2.3.9 <a name="exepath_next"><code>exepath_next()</code></a></h3>
diff --git a/Documentation/NuttxPortingGuide.html b/Documentation/NuttxPortingGuide.html
index 1c3ff2d886..e6d3134dee 100644
--- a/Documentation/NuttxPortingGuide.html
+++ b/Documentation/NuttxPortingGuide.html
@@ -2291,7 +2291,7 @@ config ARCH_SIM
       In the default configuration where system time is provided by a periodic timer interrupt, the default system timer is configure the timer for 100Hz or <code>CONFIG_USEC_PER_TICK=10000</code>. If <code>CONFIG_SCHED_TICKLESS</code> is selected, then there are no system timer interrupt. In this case, <code>CONFIG_USEC_PER_TICK</code> does not control any timer rates. Rather, it only determines the resolution of time reported by <code>clock_systimer()</code> and the resolution of times that can be set for certain delays including watchdog timers and delayed work.
     </p>
     <p>
-      In this case there is still a trade-off: It is better to have the <code>CONFIG_USEC_PER_TICK</code> as low as possible for higher timing resolution. However, the the time is currently held in <code>unsigned int</code>. On some systems, this may be 16-bits in width but on most contemporary systems it will be 32-bits. In either case, smaller values of <code>CONFIG_USEC_PER_TICK</code> will reduce the range of values that delays that can be represented. So the trade-off is between range and resolution (you could also modify the code to use a 64-bit value if you really want both).
+      In this case there is still a trade-off: It is better to have the <code>CONFIG_USEC_PER_TICK</code> as low as possible for higher timing resolution. However, the time is currently held in <code>unsigned int</code>. On some systems, this may be 16-bits in width but on most contemporary systems it will be 32-bits. In either case, smaller values of <code>CONFIG_USEC_PER_TICK</code> will reduce the range of values that delays that can be represented. So the trade-off is between range and resolution (you could also modify the code to use a 64-bit value if you really want both).
     </p>
     <p>
       The default, 100 microseconds, will provide for a range of delays up to 120 hours.
@@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ int up_timer_gettime(FAR struct timespec *ts);
 </ul>
 <p><b>Assumptions</b>:</p>
 <ul>
-  Called from the the normal tasking context. The implementation must provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation. This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register operations.
+  Called from the normal tasking context. The implementation must provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation. This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register operations.
 </ul>
 
 <h5><a name="upalarmcancel">4.3.4.4.3 <code>up_alarm_cancel()</code></a></h5>
@@ -2761,7 +2761,7 @@ typedef uint32_t  wdparm_t;
 <h3><a name="wqclasses">4.4.1 Classes of Work Queues</a></h3>
 
 <p><b>Classes of Work Queues</b>.
-  There are three different classes of work queues, each with different properties and intended usage.  These class of work queues along with the the common work queue interface are described in the following paragraphs.
+  There are three different classes of work queues, each with different properties and intended usage.  These class of work queues along with the common work queue interface are described in the following paragraphs.
 </p>
 
 <h4><a name="hpwork">4.4.1.1 High Priority Kernel Work queue</a></h4>
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ typedef uint32_t  wdparm_t;
     The execution priority of the high-priority worker thread.  Default: 224
   </li>
   <li><code>CONFIG_SCHED_HPWORKPERIOD</code>.
-    How often the worker thread re-checks for work in units of microseconds.  This work period is really only necessary if the the high priority thread is performing periodic garbage collection.  The worker thread will be awakened immediately with it is queued work to be done.  If the high priority worker thread is performing garbage collection, then the default is 50*1000 (50 MS).  Otherwise, if the lower priority worker thread is performing garbage collection, the default is 100*1000.
+    How often the worker thread re-checks for work in units of microseconds.  This work period is really only necessary if the high priority thread is performing periodic garbage collection.  The worker thread will be awakened immediately with it is queued work to be done.  If the high priority worker thread is performing garbage collection, then the default is 50*1000 (50 MS).  Otherwise, if the lower priority worker thread is performing garbage collection, the default is 100*1000.
   <li><code>CONFIG_SCHED_HPWORKSTACKSIZE</code>.
     The stack size allocated for the worker thread in bytes.  Default: 2048.
   </li>
diff --git a/Documentation/NuttxUserGuide.html b/Documentation/NuttxUserGuide.html
index 1fc401217f..4fd477401e 100644
--- a/Documentation/NuttxUserGuide.html
+++ b/Documentation/NuttxUserGuide.html
@@ -6433,7 +6433,7 @@ The cancellation cleanup handler will be popped from the cancellation cleanup st
 <b>Input Parameters:</b>
 <p>
 <ul>
-  <li><code>routine</code>.  The cleanup routine to be pushed on the the cleanup stack.</li>
+  <li><code>routine</code>.  The cleanup routine to be pushed on the cleanup stack.</li>
   <li><code>arg</code>.  An argument that will accompany the callback.</li>
 </ul>
 <p>
@@ -10115,7 +10115,7 @@ int shmctl(int shmid, int cmd, FAR struct shmid_ds *buf);
 <ul>
   <li>
     <code>IPC_SET</code>.
-    Does not set the the <code>shm_perm.uid</code> or <code>shm_perm.gid</code>members of the <code>shmid_ds</code> data structure associated with <code>shmid</code> because user and group IDs are not yet supported by NuttX
+    Does not set the <code>shm_perm.uid</code> or <code>shm_perm.gid</code>members of the <code>shmid_ds</code> data structure associated with <code>shmid</code> because user and group IDs are not yet supported by NuttX
   </li>
   <li>
     <code>IPC_SET</code>.
diff --git a/ReleaseNotes b/ReleaseNotes
index ed69375e61..b15cf3cd68 100644
--- a/ReleaseNotes
+++ b/ReleaseNotes
@@ -11146,7 +11146,7 @@ Additional new features and extended functionality:
       - SYSLOG character device channel will now expand LF to CR-LF.
         Controllable with a configuration option.
       - Add a SYSLOG character device that can be used to re-direct output
-        to the SYSLOG channel (Not be be confused the the SYSLGO output to a
+        to the SYSLOG channel (Not be be confused the SYSLGO output to a
         character device).
       - Debug features are now enabled separately from debug output.
         (1) CONFIG_DEBUG is gone. It is replaced with CONFIG_DEBUG_FEATURES.
@@ -12417,7 +12417,7 @@ Additional new features and extended functionality:
       - Misoc LM32 Qemu:  Integrate network support into configs/misoc/hello.
         From Ramtin Amin.
       - Misoc LM32 Qemu:  Remove configs/misoc/include/generated directory.  I
-        suppose the the intent now is that this is a symbolic link?  DANGER!
+        suppose the intent now is that this is a symbolic link?  DANGER!
         This means that you cannot compile this code with first generating
         these files a providing a symbolic link to this location!   There is a
         sample directory containing generated sources.  This is really only
diff --git a/TODO b/TODO
index 24ef691747..c0b3443a83 100644
--- a/TODO
+++ b/TODO
@@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ o Pascal Add-On (pcode/)
   Priority:    Medium
 
   Title:       PDBG
-  Description: Move the the pascal p-code debugger into the NuttX apps/ tree
+  Description: Move the pascal p-code debugger into the NuttX apps/ tree
                where it can be used from the NSH command line.
   Status:      Open
   Priority:    Low
diff --git a/arch/Kconfig b/arch/Kconfig
index 7dbad3d037..b7d113cf1d 100644
--- a/arch/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/Kconfig
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ config ARCH_HIPRI_INTERRUPT
 		there will most likely be a system failure.
 
 		If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the
-		interrupt handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt
+		interrupt handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt
 		stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs, it will either
 		use the MSP of the last privileged thread to run or, in the case of
 		the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if no privileged task has
diff --git a/arch/arm/include/stm32/ltdc.h b/arch/arm/include/stm32/ltdc.h
index 704b578a99..c561c680cd 100644
--- a/arch/arm/include/stm32/ltdc.h
+++ b/arch/arm/include/stm32/ltdc.h
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ struct ltdc_layer_s
    *   On error - -EINVAL
    *
    * Procedure Information:
-   *   If the srcxpos and srcypos unequal the the xpos and ypos of the coord
+   *   If the srcxpos and srcypos unequal the xpos and ypos of the coord
    *   structure this acts like moving the visible area to another position on
    *   the screen during the next update operation.
    *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/a1x/a1x_lowputc.c b/arch/arm/src/a1x/a1x_lowputc.c
index 0018c88881..e3f682da88 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/a1x/a1x_lowputc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/a1x/a1x_lowputc.c
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ void a1x_lowsetup(void)
 #warning Missing logic
 
   /* Configure UART pins for the selected CONSOLE.  If there are multiple
-   * pin options for a given UART, the the applicable option must be
+   * pin options for a given UART, the applicable option must be
    * disambiguated in the board.h header file.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_addrenv.c b/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_addrenv.c
index 7d2818283d..def1ea66d9 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_addrenv.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_addrenv.c
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
  * Name: up_addrenv_initdata
  *
  * Description:
- *   Initialize the region of memory at the the beginning of the .bss/.data
+ *   Initialize the region of memory at the beginning of the .bss/.data
  *   region that is shared between the user process and the kernel.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_gicv2.c b/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_gicv2.c
index ec32fa5271..0232685dc8 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_gicv2.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/arm_gicv2.c
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ void arm_gic_initialize(void)
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(CONFIG_ARCH_HAVE_TRUSTZONE)
-  /* Enable the distributor by setting the the Enable bit in the enable
+  /* Enable the distributor by setting the Enable bit in the enable
    * register (no security extensions).
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/pgalloc.h b/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/pgalloc.h
index 32436cf362..485cc666d4 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/pgalloc.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/armv7-a/pgalloc.h
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ static inline void arm_tmprestore(uint32_t l1save)
  *
  * Description:
  *   If the page memory pool is statically mapped, then we do not have to
- *   go through the the temporary mapping.  We simply have to perform a
+ *   go through the temporary mapping.  We simply have to perform a
  *   physical to virtual memory address mapping.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_exception.S b/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_exception.S
index 4f2927b421..81096aaefe 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_exception.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_exception.S
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
    * stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt
-   * handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
+   * handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
    * priority interrupt occurs, it will either use the MSP of the last privileged
    * thread to run or, in the case of the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if
    * no privileged task has run.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_lazyexception.S b/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_lazyexception.S
index 0a0e088a62..852883aa22 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_lazyexception.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/armv7-m/gnu/up_lazyexception.S
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    * interrupt occurs and uses this stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt handler will
-   * always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs,
+   * always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs,
    * it will either use the MSP of the last privileged thread to run or, in the case of the
    * nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if no privileged task has run.
    */
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_dma.h b/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_dma.h
index 011a7d9874..813b30bf70 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_dma.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_dma.h
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 typedef FAR void *DMA_HANDLE;
 
 /* Description:
- *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the the
+ *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the
  *   completion of the DMA.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_usbhost.c b/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_usbhost.c
index 3d5a6888ba..e3c8c548a7 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_usbhost.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_usbhost.c
@@ -1955,8 +1955,8 @@ static ssize_t efm32_in_transfer(FAR struct efm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
           /* Check for a special case:  If (1) the transfer was NAKed and (2)
            * no Tx FIFO empty or Rx FIFO not-empty event occurred, then we
            * should be able to just flush the Rx and Tx FIFOs and try again.
-           * We can detect this latter case because the then the transfer
-           * buffer pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
+           * We can detect this latter case because then the transfer buffer
+           * pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
            */
 
           elapsed = clock_systimer() - start;
@@ -2221,8 +2221,8 @@ static ssize_t efm32_out_transfer(FAR struct efm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
           /* Check for a special case:  If (1) the transfer was NAKed and (2)
            * no Tx FIFO empty or Rx FIFO not-empty event occurred, then we
            * should be able to just flush the Rx and Tx FIFOs and try again.
-           * We can detect this latter case because the then the transfer
-           * buffer pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
+           * We can detect this latter case because then the transfer buffer
+           * pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
            */
 
           elapsed = clock_systimer() - start;
@@ -4613,7 +4613,7 @@ static ssize_t efm32_transfer(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_vectors.S
index 488c8581e0..3f125e9f49 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/efm32/efm32_vectors.S
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
    * stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt
-   * handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
+   * handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
    * priority interrupt occurs, it will either use the MSP of the last privileged
    * thread to run or, in the case of the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if
    * no privileged task has run.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/imx6/imx_memorymap.h b/arch/arm/src/imx6/imx_memorymap.h
index 6259c1b7e0..6eb308d658 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/imx6/imx_memorymap.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/imx6/imx_memorymap.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
  ************************************************************************************/
 
 /* The vectors are, by default, positioned at the beginning of the text
- * section.  Under what conditions do we have to remap the these vectors?
+ * section.  Under what conditions do we have to remap these vectors?
  *
  * 1) If we are using high vectors (CONFIG_ARCH_LOWVECTORS=n).  In this case,
  *    the vectors will lie at virtual address 0xffff:000 and we will need
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_lpserial.c b/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_lpserial.c
index 515f1f370e..5c0c336237 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_lpserial.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_lpserial.c
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ static void kinetis_shutdown(struct uart_dev_s *dev)
  * Description:
  *   Configure the LPUART to operation in interrupt driven mode.  This
  *   method is called when the serial port is opened.  Normally, this is
- *   just after the the setup() method is called, however, the serial
+ *   just after the setup() method is called, however, the serial
  *   console may operate in a non-interrupt driven mode during the boot phase.
  *
  *   RX and TX interrupts are not enabled when by the attach method (unless
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_sdhc.c b/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_sdhc.c
index 8500c95908..4c8ffea18a 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_sdhc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_sdhc.c
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 /* Enable pull-up resistors
  *
  * Kinetis does not have pullups on all their development boards
- * So allow the the board config to enable them.
+ * So allow the board config to enable them.
  */
 
 #if defined(BOARD_SDHC_ENABLE_PULLUPS)
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_vectors.S
index 30940199af..676f1cb62b 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/kinetis/kinetis_vectors.S
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
    * stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt
-   * handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
+   * handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
    * priority interrupt occurs, it will either use the MSP of the last privileged
    * thread to run or, in the case of the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if
    * no privileged task has run.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc11xx/lpc11_serial.c b/arch/arm/src/lpc11xx/lpc11_serial.c
index cbef799afe..941a4475b4 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc11xx/lpc11_serial.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc11xx/lpc11_serial.c
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ static void up_shutdown(struct uart_dev_s *dev)
  * Description:
  *   Configure the UART to operation in interrupt driven mode.  This method
  *   is called when the serial port is opened.  Normally, this is just after
- *   the the setup() method is called, however, the serial console may
+ *   the setup() method is called, however, the serial console may
  *   operate in a non-interrupt driven mode during the boot phase.
  *
  *   RX and TX interrupts are not enabled when by the attach method (unless
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_usbhost.c b/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_usbhost.c
index 42825b0213..6bb48cd8f9 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_usbhost.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_usbhost.c
@@ -3164,7 +3164,7 @@ static void lpc17_asynch_completion(struct lpc17_usbhost_s *priv,
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_vectors.S
index bf37fc9e81..1b696a6a60 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc17xx/lpc17_vectors.S
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
    * interrupt occurs and uses this stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt handler will
-   * always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs,
+   * always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs,
    * it will either use the MSP of the last privileged thread to run or, in the case of the
    * nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if no privileged task has run.
    */
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/Kconfig b/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/Kconfig
index addeaf16e4..5f1b86bc13 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/Kconfig
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ config LPC31_EHCI_SDIS
 		Selecting this option ensures that overruns/underruns of the latency
 		FIFO are eliminated for low bandwidth systems where the RX and TX
 		buffers are sufficient to contain the entire packet. Enabling stream
-		disable also has the effect of ensuring the the TX latency is filled
+		disable also has the effect of ensuring the TX latency is filled
 		to capacity before the packet is launched onto the USB.
 
 		Note: Time duration to pre-fill the FIFO becomes significant when stream disable is active.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/lpc31_ehci.c b/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/lpc31_ehci.c
index 475c4dea89..1884a41241 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/lpc31_ehci.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc31xx/lpc31_ehci.c
@@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ static inline void lpc31_ioc_bottomhalf(void)
   qh = (struct lpc31_qh_s *)lpc31_virtramaddr(lpc31_swap32(*bp) & QH_HLP_MASK);
 
   /* If the asynchronous queue is empty, then the forward point in the
-   * asynchronous queue head will point back to the the queue head.
+   * asynchronous queue head will point back to the queue head.
    */
 
   if (qh && qh != &g_asynchead)
@@ -4362,7 +4362,7 @@ errout_with_sem:
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
@@ -4560,7 +4560,7 @@ static int lpc31_cancel(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep)
           qh = (struct lpc31_qh_s *)lpc31_virtramaddr(lpc31_swap32(*bp) & QH_HLP_MASK);
 
           /* If the asynchronous queue is empty, then the forward point in
-           * the asynchronous queue head will point back to the the queue
+           * the asynchronous queue head will point back to the queue
            * head.
            */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ehci.c b/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ehci.c
index 5af61fa939..e9bb3ddcdc 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ehci.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ehci.c
@@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ static inline void lpc43_ioc_bottomhalf(void)
   qh = (struct lpc43_qh_s *)lpc43_virtramaddr(lpc43_swap32(*bp) & QH_HLP_MASK);
 
   /* If the asynchronous queue is empty, then the forward point in the
-   * asynchronous queue head will point back to the the queue head.
+   * asynchronous queue head will point back to the queue head.
    */
 
   if (qh && qh != &g_asynchead)
@@ -4193,7 +4193,7 @@ errout_with_sem:
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
@@ -4391,7 +4391,7 @@ static int lpc43_cancel(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep)
           qh = (struct lpc43_qh_s *)lpc43_virtramaddr(lpc43_swap32(*bp) & QH_HLP_MASK);
 
           /* If the asynchronous queue is empty, then the forward point in
-           * the asynchronous queue head will point back to the the queue
+           * the asynchronous queue head will point back to the queue
            * head.
            */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ethernet.c b/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ethernet.c
index 2c564aa5ff..955c30684e 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ethernet.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/lpc43xx/lpc43_ethernet.c
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ static int lpc43_recvframe(FAR struct lpc43_ethmac_s *priv)
         {
           priv->segments++;
 
-          /* Check if the there is only one segment in the frame */
+          /* Check if there is only one segment in the frame */
 
           if (priv->segments == 1)
             {
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_oneshot.c b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_oneshot.c
index 0bf92d1fea..04c9cf8200 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_oneshot.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_oneshot.c
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ int sam_oneshot_cancel(struct sam_oneshot_s *oneshot,
    * the counter expires while we are doing this, the counter clock will be
    * stopped, but the clock will not be disabled.
    *
-   * The expected behavior is that the the counter register will freezes at
+   * The expected behavior is that the counter register will freezes at
    * a value equal to the RC register when the timer expires.  The counter
    * should have values between 0 and RC in all other cased.
    *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tc.c b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tc.c
index c366118f4d..32e465cc77 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tc.c
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ uint32_t sam_tc_divfreq(TC_HANDLE handle)
 
   DEBUGASSERT(chan);
 
-  /* Get the the TC_CMR register contents for this channel and extract the
+  /* Get the TC_CMR register contents for this channel and extract the
    * TCCLKS index.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tickless.c b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tickless.c
index 8f3ee17509..396a8fda88 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tickless.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam4cm_tickless.c
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ void arm_timer_initialize(void)
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_emac.c b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_emac.c
index 7e5839cc19..c45ea9f383 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_emac.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_emac.c
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ static int sam_txpoll(struct net_driver_s *dev)
 
       sam_transmit(priv);
 
-      /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
+      /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
        * the TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
        */
 
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ static void sam_dopoll(struct sam_emac_s *priv)
 {
   struct net_driver_s *dev = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ static void sam_poll_work(FAR void *arg)
   FAR struct sam_emac_s *priv = (FAR struct sam_emac_s *)arg;
   struct net_driver_s *dev  = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_vectors.S
index 9d2b5e6b31..4d783f4102 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sam34/sam_vectors.S
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
    * interrupt occurs and uses this stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt handler will
-   * always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs,
+   * always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high priority interrupt occurs,
    * it will either use the MSP of the last privileged thread to run or, in the case of the
    * nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if no privileged task has run.
    */
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/Kconfig b/arch/arm/src/sama5/Kconfig
index 280894d84e..58b0c3860a 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/Kconfig
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ config SAMA5_LCDC_BACKCOLOR
 config SAMA5_LCDC_FB_VBASE
 	hex "Framebuffer memory start address (virtual)"
 	---help---
-		If you are using the the LCDC, then you must provide the virtual
+		If you are using the LCDC, then you must provide the virtual
 		address of the start of the framebuffer.  This address must be
 		aligned to a 1MB bounder (i.e., the last five "digits" of the
 		hexadecimal address must be zero).
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ config SAMA5_LCDC_FB_VBASE
 config SAMA5_LCDC_FB_PBASE
 	hex "Framebuffer memory start address (virtual)"
 	---help---
-		If you are using the the LCDC, then you must provide the physical
+		If you are using the LCDC, then you must provide the physical
 		address of the start of the framebuffer.  This address must be
 		aligned to a 1MB bounder (i.e., the last five "digits" of the
 		hexadecimal address must be zero).
@@ -4953,7 +4953,7 @@ config SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_OFFSET
 		If you are executing from DRAM, then you must have already reserved
 		this region with SAMA5_DDRCS_RESERVE, setting SAMA5_DDRCS_HEAP_END
 		so that this page cache region defined by SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_OFFSET
-		and SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_SIZE does not overlap the the region of DRAM
+		and SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_SIZE does not overlap the region of DRAM
 		that is added to the heap.  If you are not executing from DRAM, then
 		you must have excluding this page cache region from the heap ether
 		by (1) not selecting SAMA5_DDRCS_HEAP, or (2) selecting
@@ -4971,7 +4971,7 @@ config SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_SIZE
 		If you are executing from DRAM, then you must have already reserved
 		this region with SAMA5_DDRCS_RESERVE, setting SAMA5_DDRCS_HEAP_END
 		so that this page cache region defined by SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_OFFSET
-		and SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_SIZE does not overlap the the region of DRAM
+		and SAMA5_DDRCS_PGHEAP_SIZE does not overlap the region of DRAM
 		that is added to the heap.  If you are not executing from DRAM, then
 		you must have excluding this page cache region from the heap ether
 		by (1) not selecting SAMA5_DDRCS_HEAP, or (2) selecting
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emaca.h b/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emaca.h
index 536b0cc914..2681b0567c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emaca.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emaca.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /************************************************************************************
  * arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emaca.h
- * This is the form of the EMAC interface used the the SAMA5D3 
+ * This is the form of the EMAC interface used the SAMA5D3 
  *
  *   Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Gregory Nutt. All rights reserved.
  *   Author: Gregory Nutt <gnutt@nuttx.org>
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emacb.h b/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emacb.h
index 6b11086d31..7cbc75d6af 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emacb.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emacb.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /************************************************************************************
  * arch/arm/src/sama5/chip/sam_emacb.h
- * This is the form of the EMAC interface used the the SAMA5D4 (and also the SAM43).
+ * This is the form of the EMAC interface used the SAMA5D4 (and also the SAM43).
  * This is referred as GMAC in the documentation even though it does not support
  * Gibabit Ethernet.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_adc.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_adc.c
index 2f9e4ee406..6688899510 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_adc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_adc.c
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ static void sam_adc_dmacallback(DMA_HANDLE handle, void *arg, int result)
   /* Check of the bottom half is keeping up with us.
    *
    * ready == false:  Would mean that the worker thready has not ran since
-   *   the the last DMA callback.
+   *   the last DMA callback.
    * enabled == false: Means that the upper half has asked us nicely to stop
    *   transferring DMA data.
    */
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ static int sam_adc_settimer(struct sam_adc_s *priv, uint32_t frequency,
       return ret;
     }
 
-  /* Set the timer/counter waveform mode the the clock input slected by
+  /* Set the timer/counter waveform mode the clock input slected by
    * sam_tc_divisor()
    */
 
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ static int sam_adc_trigger(struct sam_adc_s *priv)
   /* Configure to trigger using Timer/counter 0, channel 1, 2, or 3.
    * NOTE: This trigger option depends on having properly configuer
    * timer/counter 0 to provide this output.  That is done independently
-   * the the timer/counter driver.
+   * the timer/counter driver.
    */
 
   /* Set TIOAn trigger where n=0, 1, or 2 */
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_allocateheap.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_allocateheap.c
index 29dcf728f6..be71204ff8 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_allocateheap.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_allocateheap.c
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 
 #  define SAMA5_PRIMARY_HEAP_END CONFIG_SAMA5_DDRCS_HEAP_END
 #else
-  /* Otherwise, add the RAM all the way to the the end of the primary memory
+  /* Otherwise, add the RAM all the way to the end of the primary memory
    * region to the heap.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_dbgu.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_dbgu.c
index 65242b8818..cc4f6bf7f4 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_dbgu.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_dbgu.c
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ void sam_dbgu_devinitialize(void)
   putreg32(DBGU_INT_ALLINTS, SAM_DBGU_IDR);
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_SAMA5_DBGU_CONSOLE
-  /* Configuration the DBGU as the the console */
+  /* Configuration the DBGU as the console */
 
   g_dbgu_port.isconsole = true;
   dbgu_configure();
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ehci.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ehci.c
index d84f1c2dbc..4070964863 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ehci.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ehci.c
@@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ static inline void sam_ioc_bottomhalf(void)
   qh = (struct sam_qh_s *)sam_virtramaddr(sam_swap32(*bp) & QH_HLP_MASK);
 
   /* If the asynchronous queue is empty, then the forward point in the
-   * asynchronous queue head will point back to the the queue head.
+   * asynchronous queue head will point back to the queue head.
    */
 
   if (qh && qh != &g_asynchead)
@@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@ errout_with_sem:
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
@@ -4373,7 +4373,7 @@ static int sam_cancel(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep)
           qh = (struct sam_qh_s *)sam_virtramaddr(sam_swap32(*bp) & QH_HLP_MASK);
 
           /* If the asynchronous queue is empty, then the forward point in
-           * the asynchronous queue head will point back to the the queue
+           * the asynchronous queue head will point back to the queue
            * head.
            */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emaca.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emaca.c
index 494fb7a6e5..1648cab525 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emaca.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emaca.c
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ static int sam_txpoll(struct net_driver_s *dev)
 
       sam_transmit(priv);
 
-      /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
+      /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
        * the TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
        */
 
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ static void sam_dopoll(struct sam_emac_s *priv)
 {
   struct net_driver_s *dev = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
@@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ static void sam_poll_work(FAR void *arg)
   FAR struct sam_emac_s *priv = (FAR struct sam_emac_s *)arg;
   struct net_driver_s *dev  = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emacb.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emacb.c
index 2f4fcbf693..c08725216c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emacb.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_emacb.c
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ static int sam_txpoll(struct net_driver_s *dev)
 
       sam_transmit(priv);
 
-      /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
+      /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
        * the TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
        */
 
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ static void sam_dopoll(struct sam_emac_s *priv)
 {
   struct net_driver_s *dev = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ static void sam_poll_work(FAR void *arg)
   FAR struct sam_emac_s *priv = (FAR struct sam_emac_s *)arg;
   struct net_driver_s *dev  = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_gmac.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_gmac.c
index 29d42258de..d909962190 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_gmac.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_gmac.c
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ static int sam_txpoll(struct net_driver_s *dev)
 
       sam_transmit(priv);
 
-      /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
+      /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
        * the TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
        */
 
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ static void sam_dopoll(struct sam_gmac_s *priv)
 {
   struct net_driver_s *dev = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ static void sam_poll_work(FAR void *arg)
   FAR struct sam_gmac_s *priv = (FAR struct sam_gmac_s *)arg;
   struct net_driver_s *dev  = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_hsmci.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_hsmci.c
index 3aa006d872..7b4cee4749 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_hsmci.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_hsmci.c
@@ -3102,7 +3102,7 @@ static void sam_callback(void *arg)
       priv->cbevents = 0;
 
       /* This function is called either from (1) the context of the calling
-       * thread or from the the context of (2) card detection logic.  The
+       * thread or from the context of (2) card detection logic.  The
        * caller may or may not have interrupts disabled (we have them
        * disabled here!).
        *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_memorymap.h b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_memorymap.h
index 673f4f9ef3..85612b001a 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_memorymap.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_memorymap.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
  ************************************************************************************/
 
 /* The vectors are, by default, positioned at the beginning of the text
- * section.  Under what conditions do we have to remap the these vectors?
+ * section.  Under what conditions do we have to remap these vectors?
  *
  * 1) If we are using high vectors (CONFIG_ARCH_LOWVECTORS=n).  In this case,
  *    the vectors will lie at virtual address 0xffff:000 and we will need
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_nand.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_nand.c
index 05182120d9..c7cf74f185 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_nand.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_nand.c
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ static int nand_wait_dma(struct sam_nandcs_s *priv)
  *
  * Description:
  *   Called when one NAND DMA sequence completes.  This function just wakes
- *   the the waiting NAND driver logic.
+ *   the waiting NAND driver logic.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ohci.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ohci.c
index f6907d1b0f..e90c2fdde6 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ohci.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_ohci.c
@@ -3531,7 +3531,7 @@ static void sam_asynch_completion(struct sam_eplist_s *eplist)
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_oneshot.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_oneshot.c
index b883606982..1bab862afa 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_oneshot.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_oneshot.c
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ int sam_oneshot_cancel(struct sam_oneshot_s *oneshot,
    * the counter expires while we are doing this, the counter clock will be
    * stopped, but the clock will not be disabled.
    *
-   * The expected behavior is that the the counter register will freezes at
+   * The expected behavior is that the counter register will freezes at
    * a value equal to the RC register when the timer expires.  The counter
    * should have values between 0 and RC in all other cased.
    *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tc.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tc.c
index 015d6bc96a..2bdff628ca 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tc.c
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ uint32_t sam_tc_divfreq(TC_HANDLE handle)
 
   DEBUGASSERT(chan);
 
-  /* Get the the TC_CMR register contents for this channel and extract the
+  /* Get the TC_CMR register contents for this channel and extract the
    * TCCLKS index.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tickless.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tickless.c
index bb3c678561..e77a96b304 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tickless.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_tickless.c
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ void arm_timer_initialize(void)
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_udphs.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_udphs.c
index 3f27bd3112..090e10b4d8 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_udphs.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sam_udphs.c
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ static void sam_req_wrsetup(struct sam_usbdev_s *priv,
  *     When this function starts a transfer it will update the request
  *     'inflight' field to indicate the size of the transfer.
  *
- *     When the transfer completes, the the 'inflight' field must hold the
+ *     When the transfer completes, the 'inflight' field must hold the
  *     number of bytes that have completed the transfer.  This function will
  *     update 'xfrd' with the new size of the transfer.
  *
@@ -4554,7 +4554,7 @@ int usbdev_register(struct usbdevclass_driver_s *driver)
       up_enable_irq(SAM_IRQ_UDPHS);
 
       /* Enable pull-up to connect the device.  The host should enumerate us
-       * some time after this.  The next thing we expect the the ENDRESET
+       * some time after this.  The next thing we expect the ENDRESET
        * interrupt.
        */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d2x_pio.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d2x_pio.c
index 3a87d3da66..4907529be4 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d2x_pio.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d2x_pio.c
@@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ bool sam_pioread(pio_pinset_t pinset)
       pin = sam_piopin(pinset);
 
       /* For output PIOs, the ODSR register provides the output value to
-       * drive the pin.  The PDSR register, on the the other hand, provides
+       * drive the pin.  The PDSR register, on the other hand, provides
        * the current sensed value on a pin, whether the pin is configured
        * as an input, an output or as a peripheral.
        *
        * There is small delay between the setting in ODSR and PDSR but
-       * otherwise the they should be the same unless something external
-       * is driving the pin.
+       * otherwise they should be the same unless something external is
+       * driving the pin.
        *
        * Let's assume that PDSR is what the caller wants.
        */
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d3x4x_pio.c b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d3x4x_pio.c
index 806fb9fc08..5f979f3c85 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d3x4x_pio.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/sama5/sama5d3x4x_pio.c
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ static void sam_pio_enableclk(pio_pinset_t cfgset)
  *   1) No pins are configured as PIO inputs (peripheral inputs don't need
  *      clocking, and
  *   2) Glitch and debounce filtering are not enabled.  Currently, this can
- *      only happen if the the pin is a PIO input, but we may need to
+ *      only happen if the pin is a PIO input, but we may need to
  *      implement glitch filtering on peripheral inputs as well in the
  *      future???
  *   3) The port is not configured for PIO interrupts.  At present, the logic
@@ -816,13 +816,13 @@ bool sam_pioread(pio_pinset_t pinset)
       pin = sam_piopin(pinset);
 
       /* For output PIOs, the ODSR register provides the output value to
-       * drive the pin.  The PDSR register, on the the other hand, provides
+       * drive the pin.  The PDSR register, on the other hand, provides
        * the current sensed value on a pin, whether the pin is configured
        * as an input, an output or as a peripheral.
        *
        * There is small delay between the setting in ODSR and PDSR but
-       * otherwise the they should be the same unless something external
-       * is driving the pin.
+       * otherwise they should be the same unless something external is
+       * driving the pin.
        *
        * Let's assume that PDSR is what the caller wants.
        */
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samdl/sam_timerisr.c b/arch/arm/src/samdl/sam_timerisr.c
index abc61f355f..73dd99af15 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samdl/sam_timerisr.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samdl/sam_timerisr.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  * system clock ticks per second.  That value is a user configurable setting
  * that defaults to 100 (100 ticks per second = 10 MS interval).
  *
- * Then, for example, if the CPU clock is the the SysTick and
+ * Then, for example, if the CPU clock is the SysTick and
  * BOARD_CPU_FREQUENCY is 48MHz and CLK_TCK is 100, then the reload value
  * would be:
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samdl/saml_clockconfig.c b/arch/arm/src/samdl/saml_clockconfig.c
index 11dbaff10f..364933501d 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samdl/saml_clockconfig.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samdl/saml_clockconfig.c
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ static inline void sam_fdpll96m_config(void)
 static inline void sam_fdpll96m_refclk(void)
 {
 #ifdef BOARD_FDPLL96M_LOCKTIME_ENABLE
-  /* Enable the GCLK that is configured to the the FDPLL lock timer */
+  /* Enable the GCLK that is configured to the FDPLL lock timer */
 
   sam_gclk_chan_enable(GCLK_CHAN_DPLL_32K, BOARD_FDPLL96M_LOCKTIME_CLKGEN);
 #endif
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/chip/sam_emac.h b/arch/arm/src/samv7/chip/sam_emac.h
index e0a0cbb9a7..c613c14f1c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/chip/sam_emac.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/chip/sam_emac.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /************************************************************************************
  * arch/arm/src/samv7/chip/sam_emac.h
- * This is the form of the EMAC interface used the the SAMV7.
+ * This is the form of the EMAC interface used the SAMV7.
  * This is referred as GMAC in the documentation even though it does not support
  * Gibabit Ethernet.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_dac.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_dac.c
index 78a19929b5..b1293aa5b2 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_dac.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_dac.c
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ static int dac_timer_init(struct sam_dac_s *priv, uint32_t freq_required,
 
   DEBUGASSERT(priv && (freq_required > 0) && (channel >= 0 && channel <= 2));
 
-  /* Set the timer/counter waveform mode the the clock input. Use smallest
+  /* Set the timer/counter waveform mode the clock input. Use smallest
    * MCK divisor of 8 to have highest clock resolution thus smallest frequency
    * error. With 32 bit counter the lowest possible frequency of 1 Hz is easily
    * supported.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_emac.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_emac.c
index 5bfb2f4a58..3496331898 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_emac.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_emac.c
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ static int sam_txpoll(struct net_driver_s *dev)
 
       sam_transmit(priv, EMAC_QUEUE_0);
 
-      /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
+      /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform
        * the TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
        */
 
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ static void sam_dopoll(struct sam_emac_s *priv, int qid)
 {
   struct net_driver_s *dev = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@ static void sam_poll_work(FAR void *arg)
   FAR struct sam_emac_s *priv = (FAR struct sam_emac_s *)arg;
   struct net_driver_s *dev  = &priv->dev;
 
-  /* Check if the there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
+  /* Check if there are any free TX descriptors.  We cannot perform the
    * TX poll if we do not have buffering for another packet.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_hsmci.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_hsmci.c
index a83a51ecc0..544cae9524 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_hsmci.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_hsmci.c
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ static void sam_callback(void *arg)
       priv->cbevents = 0;
 
       /* This function is called either from (1) the context of the calling
-       * thread or from the the context of (2) card detection logic.  The
+       * thread or from the context of (2) card detection logic.  The
        * caller may or may not have interrupts disabled (we have them
        * disabled here!).
        *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_oneshot.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_oneshot.c
index 9a20ec17a7..0162a4d0e6 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_oneshot.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_oneshot.c
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ int sam_oneshot_cancel(struct sam_oneshot_s *oneshot,
    * the counter expires while we are doing this, the counter clock will be
    * stopped, but the clock will not be disabled.
    *
-   * The expected behavior is that the the counter register will freezes at
+   * The expected behavior is that the counter register will freezes at
    * a value equal to the RC register when the timer expires.  The counter
    * should have values between 0 and RC in all other cased.
    *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tc.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tc.c
index 4b9303fd53..91b0e36f5f 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tc.c
@@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ uint32_t sam_tc_divfreq(TC_HANDLE handle)
 
   DEBUGASSERT(chan);
 
-  /* Get the the TC_CMR register contents for this channel and extract the
+  /* Get the TC_CMR register contents for this channel and extract the
    * TCCLKS index.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tickless.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tickless.c
index 1cda5dcc73..b1b101455e 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tickless.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_tickless.c
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ void arm_timer_initialize(void)
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_usbdevhs.c b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_usbdevhs.c
index 4adfa117c1..d2904fc96c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_usbdevhs.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/samv7/sam_usbdevhs.c
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ static void sam_req_wrsetup(struct sam_usbdev_s *priv,
  *     When this function starts a transfer it will update the request
  *     'inflight' field to indicate the size of the transfer.
  *
- *     When the transfer completes, the the 'inflight' field must hold the
+ *     When the transfer completes, the 'inflight' field must hold the
  *     number of bytes that have completed the transfer.  This function will
  *     update 'xfrd' with the new size of the transfer.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/Kconfig b/arch/arm/src/stm32/Kconfig
index a74bfafc59..2242a018df 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/Kconfig
@@ -6855,7 +6855,7 @@ config STM32_LTDC_DITHER_BLUE
 config STM32_LTDC_FB_BASE
 	hex "Framebuffer memory start address"
 	---help---
-		If you are using the the LTDC, then you must provide the address
+		If you are using the LTDC, then you must provide the address
 		of the start of the framebuffer.  This address will typically
 		be in the SRAM or SDRAM memory region of the FSMC.
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/gnu/stm32_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/stm32/gnu/stm32_vectors.S
index c961781f33..4943686dac 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/gnu/stm32_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/gnu/stm32_vectors.S
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
    * stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt
-   * handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
+   * handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
    * priority interrupt occurs, it will either use the MSP of the last privileged
    * thread to run or, in the case of the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if
    * no privileged task has run.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/iar/stm32_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/stm32/iar/stm32_vectors.S
index f46cb7c57b..52fdfb3056 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/iar/stm32_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/iar/stm32_vectors.S
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
    * stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt
-   * handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
+   * handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
    * priority interrupt occurs, it will either use the MSP of the last privileged
    * thread to run or, in the case of the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if
    * no privileged task has run.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_bbsram.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_bbsram.c
index a401feca56..f1e0b6d311 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_bbsram.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_bbsram.c
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ static int stm32_bbsram_ioctl(FAR struct file *filep, int cmd,
  *  This function will remove the remove the file from the file system
  *  it will zero the contents and time stamp. It will leave the fileno
  *  and pointer to the BBSRAM intact.
- *  It should be called called on the the file used for the crash dump
+ *  It should be called called on the file used for the crash dump
  *  to remove it from visibility in the file system after it is created or
  *  read thus arming it.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_dma.h b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_dma.h
index c29f7f0d8c..ceee4e0867 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_dma.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_dma.h
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 typedef FAR void *DMA_HANDLE;
 
 /* Description:
- *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the the
+ *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the
  *   completion of the DMA.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_eth.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_eth.c
index 8b38985f15..2b02b5e345 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_eth.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_eth.c
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ static int stm32_recvframe(FAR struct stm32_ethmac_s *priv)
         {
           priv->segments++;
 
-          /* Check if the there is only one segment in the frame */
+          /* Check if there is only one segment in the frame */
 
           if (priv->segments == 1)
             {
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_ltdc.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_ltdc.c
index 2573730172..22b650c598 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_ltdc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_ltdc.c
@@ -3014,7 +3014,7 @@ static int stm32_getblendmode(FAR struct ltdc_layer_s *layer, uint32_t *mode)
  *   On error - -EINVAL
  *
  * Procedure Information:
- *   If the srcxpos and srcypos unequal the the xpos and ypos of the area
+ *   If the srcxpos and srcypos unequal the xpos and ypos of the area
  *   structure this acts like moving the visible area to another position on
  *   the screen during the next update operation.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_oneshot.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_oneshot.c
index ab8d2a4034..ba76bf65b9 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_oneshot.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_oneshot.c
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ int stm32_oneshot_cancel(struct stm32_oneshot_s *oneshot,
    * If the counter expires while we are doing this, the counter clock will
    * be stopped, but the clock will not be disabled.
    *
-   * The expected behavior is that the the counter register will freezes at
+   * The expected behavior is that the counter register will freezes at
    * a value equal to the RC register when the timer expires.  The counter
    * should have values between 0 and RC in all other cased.
    *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfsdev.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfsdev.c
index 47b212c3c2..4d23392912 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfsdev.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfsdev.c
@@ -5238,7 +5238,7 @@ static void stm32_hwinitialize(FAR struct stm32_usbdev_s *priv)
 # endif
 
 #else
-  /* In the case of the the all others the meaning of the bit is No VBUS
+  /* In the case of the all others the meaning of the bit is No VBUS
    * Sense when Set
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfshost.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfshost.c
index c8ce6a2dd8..b28226f5f2 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfshost.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otgfshost.c
@@ -1978,7 +1978,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32_in_transfer(FAR struct stm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
         {
           /* Successfully received another chunk of data... add that to the
            * runing total.  Then continue reading until we read 'buflen'
-           * bytes of data or until the the devices NAKs (implying a short
+           * bytes of data or until the devices NAKs (implying a short
            * packet).
            */
 
@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ static ssize_t stm32_out_transfer(FAR struct stm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
           /* Check for a special case:  If (1) the transfer was NAKed and (2)
            * no Tx FIFO empty or Rx FIFO not-empty event occurred, then we
            * should be able to just flush the Rx and Tx FIFOs and try again.
-           * We can detect this latter case because the then the transfer
-           * buffer pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
+           * We can detect this latter case because then the transfer buffer
+           * pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
            */
 
           elapsed = clock_systimer() - start;
@@ -4630,7 +4630,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32_transfer(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otghshost.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otghshost.c
index 090ef4292b..17023088b6 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otghshost.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_otghshost.c
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32_in_transfer(FAR struct stm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
         {
           /* Successfully received another chunk of data... add that to the
            * runing total.  Then continue reading until we read 'buflen'
-           * bytes of data or until the the devices NAKs (implying a short
+           * bytes of data or until the devices NAKs (implying a short
            * packet).
            */
 
@@ -2240,8 +2240,8 @@ static ssize_t stm32_out_transfer(FAR struct stm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
           /* Check for a special case:  If (1) the transfer was NAKed and (2)
            * no Tx FIFO empty or Rx FIFO not-empty event occurred, then we
            * should be able to just flush the Rx and Tx FIFOs and try again.
-           * We can detect this latter case because the then the transfer
-           * buffer pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
+           * We can detect this latter case because then the transfer buffer
+           * pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
            */
 
           elapsed = clock_systimer() - start;
@@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32_transfer(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_tickless.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_tickless.c
index 38162ad7d7..6d7a004693 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_tickless.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32_tickless.c
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ void arm_timer_initialize(void)
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32f40xxx_rtcc.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32f40xxx_rtcc.c
index 5702904131..e15c995a6c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32f40xxx_rtcc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32/stm32f40xxx_rtcc.c
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ int stm32_rtc_setalarm(FAR struct alm_setalarm_s *alminfo)
   ASSERT(alminfo != NULL);
   DEBUGASSERT(RTC_ALARM_LAST > alminfo->as_id);
 
-  /* Make sure the the alarm interrupt is enabled at the NVIC */
+  /* Make sure the alarm interrupt is enabled at the NVIC */
 
   rtc_enable_alarm();
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32f0/stm32f0_hsi48.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32f0/stm32f0_hsi48.c
index f9d4c52cf6..2a33b9cf85 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32f0/stm32f0_hsi48.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32f0/stm32f0_hsi48.c
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ void stm32f0_enable_hsi48(enum syncsrc_e syncsrc)
 
   putreg32(regval, STM32F0_CRS_CFGR);
 
-  /* Set the AUTOTRIMEN bit the the CRS_CR register to enables the automatic
+  /* Set the AUTOTRIMEN bit the CRS_CR register to enables the automatic
    * hardware adjustment of TRIM bits according to the measured frequency
    * error between the selected SYNC event.
    */
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_bbsram.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_bbsram.c
index 71adbcfd21..62905f8326 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_bbsram.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_bbsram.c
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ static int stm32_bbsram_ioctl(FAR struct file *filep, int cmd,
  *  This function will remove the remove the file from the file system
  *  it will zero the contents and time stamp. It will leave the fileno
  *  and pointer to the BBSRAM intact.
- *  It should be called called on the the file used for the crash dump
+ *  It should be called called on the file used for the crash dump
  *  to remove it from visibility in the file system after it is created or
  *  read thus arming it.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_dma.h b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_dma.h
index b25cb84e7d..3604d45d0c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_dma.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_dma.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 typedef FAR void *DMA_HANDLE;
 
 /* Description:
- *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the the
+ *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the
  *   completion of the DMA.  NOTE:  The DMA module does *NOT* perform any cache
  *   operations.  It is the responsibility of the DMA client to invalidate DMA
  *   buffers after completion of the DMA RX operations.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_ethernet.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_ethernet.c
index 2ac01c649e..3573100631 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_ethernet.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_ethernet.c
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ static int stm32_recvframe(struct stm32_ethmac_s *priv)
         {
           priv->segments++;
 
-          /* Check if the there is only one segment in the frame */
+          /* Check if there is only one segment in the frame */
 
           if (priv->segments == 1)
             {
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_otghost.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_otghost.c
index 29de1826ed..f0307be640 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_otghost.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32f7/stm32_otghost.c
@@ -1977,7 +1977,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32_in_transfer(FAR struct stm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
         {
           /* Successfully received another chunk of data... add that to the
            * runing total.  Then continue reading until we read 'buflen'
-           * bytes of data or until the the devices NAKs (implying a short
+           * bytes of data or until the devices NAKs (implying a short
            * packet).
            */
 
@@ -2234,8 +2234,8 @@ static ssize_t stm32_out_transfer(FAR struct stm32_usbhost_s *priv, int chidx,
           /* Check for a special case:  If (1) the transfer was NAKed and (2)
            * no Tx FIFO empty or Rx FIFO not-empty event occurred, then we
            * should be able to just flush the Rx and Tx FIFOs and try again.
-           * We can detect this latter case because the then the transfer
-           * buffer pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
+           * We can detect this latter case because then the transfer buffer
+           * pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
            */
 
           elapsed = clock_systimer() - start;
@@ -4628,7 +4628,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32_transfer(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t ep
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_dma.h b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_dma.h
index c12013782d..e21a6c1f66 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_dma.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_dma.h
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 typedef FAR void *DMA_HANDLE;
 
 /* Description:
- *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the the
+ *   This is the type of the callback that is used to inform the user of the
  *   completion of the DMA.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_oneshot.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_oneshot.c
index 5ae8e069ad..9a7eb87b61 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_oneshot.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_oneshot.c
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ int stm32l4_oneshot_cancel(FAR struct stm32l4_oneshot_s *oneshot,
    * If the counter expires while we are doing this, the counter clock will
    * be stopped, but the clock will not be disabled.
    *
-   * The expected behavior is that the the counter register will freezes at
+   * The expected behavior is that the counter register will freezes at
    * a value equal to the RC register when the timer expires.  The counter
    * should have values between 0 and RC in all other cased.
    *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_otgfshost.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_otgfshost.c
index b24026370d..573cf892a5 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_otgfshost.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_otgfshost.c
@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32l4_in_transfer(FAR struct stm32l4_usbhost_s *priv,
         {
           /* Successfully received another chunk of data... add that to the
            * runing total.  Then continue reading until we read 'buflen'
-           * bytes of data or until the the devices NAKs (implying a short
+           * bytes of data or until the devices NAKs (implying a short
            * packet).
            */
 
@@ -2240,8 +2240,8 @@ static ssize_t stm32l4_out_transfer(FAR struct stm32l4_usbhost_s *priv,
           /* Check for a special case:  If (1) the transfer was NAKed and (2)
            * no Tx FIFO empty or Rx FIFO not-empty event occurred, then we
            * should be able to just flush the Rx and Tx FIFOs and try again.
-           * We can detect this latter case because the then the transfer
-           * buffer pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
+           * We can detect this latter case because then the transfer buffer
+           * pointer and buffer size will be unaltered.
            */
 
           elapsed = clock_systimer() - start;
@@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@ static ssize_t stm32l4_transfer(FAR struct usbhost_driver_s *drvr, usbhost_ep_t
  * Description:
  *   Process a request to handle a transfer descriptor.  This method will
  *   enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  When the transfer
- *   completes, the the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
+ *   completes, the callback will be invoked with the provided transfer.
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
  *   infrequently.
  *
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_rtcc.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_rtcc.c
index 84a1f9eab6..f36d4d040c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_rtcc.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_rtcc.c
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ int stm32l4_rtc_setalarm(FAR struct alm_setalarm_s *alminfo)
   ASSERT(alminfo != NULL);
   DEBUGASSERT(RTC_ALARM_LAST > alminfo->as_id);
 
-  /* Make sure the the alarm interrupt is enabled at the NVIC */
+  /* Make sure the alarm interrupt is enabled at the NVIC */
 
   rtc_enable_alarm();
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_tickless.c b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_tickless.c
index 2d742daa1f..ad4a55e705 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_tickless.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/stm32l4/stm32l4_tickless.c
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ void arm_timer_initialize(void)
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_i2c.c b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_i2c.c
index 4fe0e54d42..86bea9cef6 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_i2c.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_i2c.c
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ static int tiva_i2c_process(struct tiva_i2c_priv_s *priv, uint32_t status)
                         {
                           /* Just continue transferring data.  In this case,
                            * no STOP was sent at the end of the last message
-                           * and the there is no new address.
+                           * and there is no new address.
                            *
                            * REVISIT: In this case, the address or the
                            * direction of the transfer cannot be permitted to
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ static int tiva_i2c_initialize(struct tiva_i2c_priv_s *priv, uint32_t frequency)
 #endif
 #endif
 
-  /* Configure the the initial I2C clock frequency. */
+  /* Configure the initial I2C clock frequency. */
 
   tiva_i2c_setclock(priv, frequency);
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timer.h b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timer.h
index 2f498581d2..547cd11704 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timer.h
+++ b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timer.h
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ uint32_t tiva_timer32_remaining(TIMER_HANDLE handle);
  * Description:
  *   This function may be called at any time to change the timer interval
  *   match value of a 32-bit timer.  This function sets the match register
- *   the the absolute value specified.
+ *   the absolute value specified.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   handle   - The handle value returned  by tiva_gptm_configure()
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ static inline void tiva_timer32_absmatch(TIMER_HANDLE handle,
  * Description:
  *   This function may be called at any time to change the timer interval
  *   match value of a 16-bit timer.  This function sets the match register
- *   the the absolute value specified.
+ *   the absolute value specified.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   handle   - The handle value returned  by tiva_gptm_configure()
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlib.c b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlib.c
index e2d8bcd0b4..0abd19e801 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlib.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlib.c
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ uint32_t tiva_timer32_remaining(TIMER_HANDLE handle)
            * the timeout event (0x0), the timer reloads its start value
            * from the GPTMTAILR register on the next cycle.
            *
-           * The time remaining it then just the the value of the counter
+           * The time remaining it then just the value of the counter
            * register.
            *
            * REVISIT: Or the counter value +1?
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlow32.c b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlow32.c
index 25478f6641..91f44618b0 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlow32.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_timerlow32.c
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ static int tiva_settimeout(struct timer_lowerhalf_s *lower, uint32_t timeout)
 
   tmrinfo("Entry: timeout=%d\n", timeout);
 
-  /* Calculate the the new time settings */
+  /* Calculate the new time settings */
 
   tiva_timeout(priv, timeout);
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_vectors.S b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_vectors.S
index 89c9c38e82..99db8115cc 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_vectors.S
+++ b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tiva_vectors.S
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
    * stale MSP, there will most likely be a system failure.
    *
    * If the interrupt stack is selected, on the other hand, then the interrupt
-   * handler will always set the the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
+   * handler will always set the MSP to the interrupt stack.  So when the high
    * priority interrupt occurs, it will either use the MSP of the last privileged
    * thread to run or, in the case of the nested interrupt, the interrupt stack if
    * no privileged task has run.
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 #    error Interrupt stack must be used with high priority interrupts in kernel mode
 #  endif
 
-  /* Use the the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
+  /* Use the BASEPRI to control interrupts is required if nested, high
    * priority interrupts are supported.
    */
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tm4c_ethernet.c b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tm4c_ethernet.c
index 63cf22689c..b41461eb84 100644
--- a/arch/arm/src/tiva/tm4c_ethernet.c
+++ b/arch/arm/src/tiva/tm4c_ethernet.c
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ static int tiva_recvframe(FAR struct tiva_ethmac_s *priv)
         {
           priv->segments++;
 
-          /* Check if the there is only one segment in the frame */
+          /* Check if there is only one segment in the frame */
 
           if (priv->segments == 1)
             {
@@ -4197,7 +4197,7 @@ void up_netinitialize(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/arch/misoc/src/common/misoc.h b/arch/misoc/src/common/misoc.h
index ab99f6aca2..564ff123fa 100644
--- a/arch/misoc/src/common/misoc.h
+++ b/arch/misoc/src/common/misoc.h
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ void misoc_puts(const char *str);
  * Name: misoc_lowputc
  *
  * Description:
- *   Low-level, blocking character output the the serial console.
+ *   Low-level, blocking character output the serial console.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
 
diff --git a/arch/sim/src/up_simsmp.c b/arch/sim/src/up_simsmp.c
index 8a1469976d..fb7ce5cea9 100644
--- a/arch/sim/src/up_simsmp.c
+++ b/arch/sim/src/up_simsmp.c
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ static void sim_handle_signal(int signo, siginfo_t *info, void *context)
  *
  * Description:
  *   Create the pthread-specific data key and set the indication of CPU0
- *   the the main thread.
+ *   the main thread.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   None
diff --git a/arch/sim/src/up_tickless.c b/arch/sim/src/up_tickless.c
index 9097f751f7..0a4bb64aca 100644
--- a/arch/sim/src/up_tickless.c
+++ b/arch/sim/src/up_tickless.c
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ void sim_timer_initialize(void)
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
diff --git a/arch/xtensa/src/common/xtensa_testset.c b/arch/xtensa/src/common/xtensa_testset.c
index 8dd15fdec9..d8fdec3c00 100644
--- a/arch/xtensa/src/common/xtensa_testset.c
+++ b/arch/xtensa/src/common/xtensa_testset.c
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ spinlock_t up_testset(volatile FAR spinlock_t *lock)
    *  code."
    *
    * In any case, the return value of SP_UNLOCKED can be trusted and will
-   * always mean that the the spinlock was set.
+   * always mean that the spinlock was set.
    */
 
   return (prev == SP_UNLOCKED) ? SP_UNLOCKED : SP_LOCKED;
diff --git a/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/chip/esp32_uart.h b/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/chip/esp32_uart.h
index 0e248a4ea9..710ef41beb 100644
--- a/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/chip/esp32_uart.h
+++ b/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/chip/esp32_uart.h
@@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@
 
 /* UART_PRE_IDLE_NUM : R/W ;bitpos:[23:0] ;default: 24'h186a00 ; */
 /* Description: This register is used to configure the idle duration time
- * before the first at_cmd is received by receiver. when the the duration
+ * before the first at_cmd is received by receiver. when the duration
  * is less than this register value it will not take the next data received
  * as at_cmd char.
  */
diff --git a/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_gpio.h b/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_gpio.h
index e4b647b976..dda697e18f 100644
--- a/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_gpio.h
+++ b/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_gpio.h
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 #ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
 
-/* Must be big enough to hold the the above encodings */
+/* Must be big enough to hold the above encodings */
 
 typedef uint16_t gpio_pinattr_t;
 typedef uint8_t gpio_intrtype_t;
diff --git a/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_intercpu_interrupt.c b/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_intercpu_interrupt.c
index 779aa3d746..ce27269f21 100644
--- a/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_intercpu_interrupt.c
+++ b/arch/xtensa/src/esp32/esp32_intercpu_interrupt.c
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ static int esp32_fromcpu_interrupt(int fromcpu)
                              DPORT_CPU_INTR_FROM_CPU_1_REG;
   putreg32(0, regaddr);
 
-  /* Get the the inter-CPU interrupt code */
+  /* Get the inter-CPU interrupt code */
 
   tocpu            = up_cpu_index();
   intcode          = g_intcode[tocpu];
diff --git a/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_clkinit.c b/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_clkinit.c
index 314020257b..41690dd829 100644
--- a/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_clkinit.c
+++ b/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_clkinit.c
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ static void z16f_sysclkinit(int clockid, uint32_t frequency)
   int count;
 
   /* In this configuration, we support only the external oscillator/clock
-   * the the source of the system clock (__DEFCLK is ignored).
+   * the source of the system clock (__DEFCLK is ignored).
    */
 
   if ((getreg8(Z16F_OSC_CTL) & 0x03) != 1)
diff --git a/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_espi.c b/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_espi.c
index 60db49a88b..312b2276e4 100644
--- a/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_espi.c
+++ b/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_espi.c
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ static void spi_exchange(FAR struct spi_dev_s *dev, FAR const void *txbuffer,
 
   spi_flush(priv);
 
-  /* Make sure the the TEOF bit is not set (SSV must also be zero) */
+  /* Make sure the TEOF bit is not set (SSV must also be zero) */
 
   spi_putreg8(priv, 0, Z16F_ESPI_CTL);
 
diff --git a/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_serial.c b/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_serial.c
index 1e24c165d1..57d9bf921f 100644
--- a/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_serial.c
+++ b/arch/z16/src/z16f/z16f_serial.c
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ int up_putc(int ch)
    * driver operation.
    *
    * REVISIT:  I can imagine scenarios where the follow logic gets pre-empted
-   * and the the UART interrupts get left in a bad state.
+   * and the UART interrupts get left in a bad state.
    */
 
   state = z16f_disableuartirq(&CONSOLE_DEV);
diff --git a/audio/README.txt b/audio/README.txt
index 85ab2e1a36..49dc1de49d 100644
--- a/audio/README.txt
+++ b/audio/README.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ layer for specific lower-half audio device drivers.
   pcm_decode.c - Routines to decode PCM / WAV type data.
   README       - This file!
 
-Portions of the the audio system interface have application interfaces.  Those
+Portions of the audio system interface have application interfaces.  Those
 portions reside in the nuttx/libc/audio directory where the will be built for
 access by both OS driver logic and user application logic.  Those relevant
 files in nuttx/libc/audio include:
diff --git a/audio/pcm_decode.c b/audio/pcm_decode.c
index 383d8ef261..20b0b2943f 100644
--- a/audio/pcm_decode.c
+++ b/audio/pcm_decode.c
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ struct pcm_decode_s
   /* These are our operations that intervene between the player application
    * and the lower level driver.  Unlike the ops in the struct
    * audio_lowerhalf_s, these are writeable because we need to customize a
-   * few of the methods based upon what is supported by the the lower level
+   * few of the methods based upon what is supported by the lower level
    * driver.
    */
 
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ static bool pcm_parsewav(FAR struct pcm_decode_s *priv, uint8_t *data)
 #endif
     }
 
-  /* And return true if the the file is a valid WAV header file */
+  /* And return true if the file is a valid WAV header file */
 
   return ret;
 }
diff --git a/binfmt/binfmt_exepath.c b/binfmt/binfmt_exepath.c
index c99ae8706a..7e286c1336 100644
--- a/binfmt/binfmt_exepath.c
+++ b/binfmt/binfmt_exepath.c
@@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ struct exepath_s
  *   On success, exepath_init() return a non-NULL, opaque handle that may
  *   subsequently be used in calls to exepath_next() and exepath_release().
  *   On error, a NULL handle value will be returned.  The most likely cause
- *   of an error would be that the there is no value associated with the
- *   PATH variable.
+ *   of an error would be that there is no value associated with the PATH
+ *   variable.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
 
diff --git a/binfmt/libpcode/README.txt b/binfmt/libpcode/README.txt
index 4e0724ee07..2a2a15cc64 100644
--- a/binfmt/libpcode/README.txt
+++ b/binfmt/libpcode/README.txt
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ The general idea to fix both of these problems is as follows:
    program is stored in the filesystem.
 
 3. Modify the logic so that the P-Code execution program runs (instead of
-   the requested program) an it received the full path the the P-Code file
+   the requested program) an it received the full path the P-Code file
    on the command line.  This might be accomplished by simply modifying the
    argv[] structure in the struct binary_s instance.
 
diff --git a/configs/Kconfig b/configs/Kconfig
index a2763f7c00..fd5fb80c5e 100644
--- a/configs/Kconfig
+++ b/configs/Kconfig
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ config ARCH_BOARD_OLIMEX_LPC_H3131
 	depends on ARCH_CHIP_LPC3131
 	select ARCH_HAVE_LEDS
 	---help---
-		Olimex LPC-H3131 development board.  This board is based on the the
+		Olimex LPC-H3131 development board.  This board is based on the
 		NXP LPC3131 MCU.
 
 config ARCH_BOARD_OLIMEX_STRP711
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ config ARCH_BOARD_CUSTOM_DIR
 		to also tell the build system where it can find the board directory
 		for the custom board.
 
-		In this case, the board directory is assume to lie outside the the
+		In this case, the board directory is assume to lie outside the
 		NuttX directory.  The provided path must then be a full, absolute
 		path to some location outside of the NuttX source tree (like
 		"~/projects/myboard").
diff --git a/configs/README.txt b/configs/README.txt
index cfc90fa0f7..c17dfb6356 100644
--- a/configs/README.txt
+++ b/configs/README.txt
@@ -227,10 +227,10 @@ configs/eagle100
   arm-nuttx-elf toolchain*.  STATUS:  This port is complete and mature.
 
 configs/efm32-g8xx-stk
-  The port of NuttX to the the EFM32 Gecko Starter Kit (EFM32-G8XX-STK).
+  The port of NuttX to the EFM32 Gecko Starter Kit (EFM32-G8XX-STK).
 
 configs/efm32gg-stk3700
-  The port of NuttX to the the EFM32 Giant Gecko Starter Kit
+  The port of NuttX to the EFM32 Giant Gecko Starter Kit
   (EFM32GG-STK3700).
 
 configs/ekk-lm3s9b96
diff --git a/configs/arduino-due/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/arduino-due/src/sam_appinit.c
index 32132ee330..78587bcce7 100644
--- a/configs/arduino-due/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/arduino-due/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/bambino-200e/src/lpc43_appinit.c b/configs/bambino-200e/src/lpc43_appinit.c
index 785c28758b..c00e497932 100644
--- a/configs/bambino-200e/src/lpc43_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/bambino-200e/src/lpc43_appinit.c
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ static int nsh_spifi_initialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/boardctl.c b/configs/boardctl.c
index f0d0da114e..6c5185c572 100644
--- a/configs/boardctl.c
+++ b/configs/boardctl.c
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ int boardctl(unsigned int cmd, uintptr_t arg)
        *                board_app_initialize() implementation without modification.
        *                The argument has no meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the
        *                argument is a contract between the board-specific
-       *                initalization logic and the the matching application logic.
+       *                initalization logic and the matching application logic.
        *                The value cold be such things as a mode enumeration value,
        *                a set of DIP switch switch settings, a pointer to
        *                configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH, or
diff --git a/configs/cc3200-launchpad/src/cc3200_boot.c b/configs/cc3200-launchpad/src/cc3200_boot.c
index 841f40eca7..a63fbeb44f 100644
--- a/configs/cc3200-launchpad/src/cc3200_boot.c
+++ b/configs/cc3200-launchpad/src/cc3200_boot.c
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/clicker2-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/clicker2-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 74c8a2142b..cd19729503 100644
--- a/configs/clicker2-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/clicker2-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/cloudctrl/README.txt b/configs/cloudctrl/README.txt
index ba2d8972ee..4ef93e2fc8 100644
--- a/configs/cloudctrl/README.txt
+++ b/configs/cloudctrl/README.txt
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ NuttX EABI buildroot Toolchain
      -CONFIG_ARMV7M_TOOLCHAIN_CODESOURCERYW=y
      +CONFIG_ARMV7M_TOOLCHAIN_BUILDROOT=y
 
-  9. Set the the PATH variable so tht it includes the path to the newly built
+  9. Set the PATH variable so tht it includes the path to the newly built
      binaries.
 
   See the file configs/README.txt in the buildroot source tree.  That has more
diff --git a/configs/cloudctrl/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/cloudctrl/src/stm32_appinit.c
index c628bd142a..211029d957 100644
--- a/configs/cloudctrl/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/cloudctrl/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/demo9s12ne64/src/m9s12_appinit.c b/configs/demo9s12ne64/src/m9s12_appinit.c
index 0010a71e68..790f7a34bc 100644
--- a/configs/demo9s12ne64/src/m9s12_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/demo9s12ne64/src/m9s12_appinit.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/dk-tm4c129x/src/tm4c_appinit.c b/configs/dk-tm4c129x/src/tm4c_appinit.c
index 20d889d47e..89b15be570 100644
--- a/configs/dk-tm4c129x/src/tm4c_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/dk-tm4c129x/src/tm4c_appinit.c
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/ea3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c b/configs/ea3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c
index 43ef50be72..ef581641d2 100644
--- a/configs/ea3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/ea3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/ea3152/src/lpc31_appinit.c b/configs/ea3152/src/lpc31_appinit.c
index e05327622c..ea30724a84 100644
--- a/configs/ea3152/src/lpc31_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/ea3152/src/lpc31_appinit.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/eagle100/src/lm_appinit.c b/configs/eagle100/src/lm_appinit.c
index 72b7206fad..2690bbdba3 100644
--- a/configs/eagle100/src/lm_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/eagle100/src/lm_appinit.c
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/ekk-lm3s9b96/src/lm_appinit.c b/configs/ekk-lm3s9b96/src/lm_appinit.c
index 21be2c1952..f7136cdd8a 100644
--- a/configs/ekk-lm3s9b96/src/lm_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/ekk-lm3s9b96/src/lm_appinit.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/esp32-core/README.txt b/configs/esp32-core/README.txt
index cde3295ff0..6d7d69c667 100644
--- a/configs/esp32-core/README.txt
+++ b/configs/esp32-core/README.txt
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Things to Do
   4. Currently the Xtensa port copies register state save information from
      the stack into the TCB.  A more efficient alternative would be to just
      save a pointer to a register state save area in the TCB.  This would
-     add some complexity to signal handling and also also the the
+     add some complexity to signal handling and also also the
      up_initialstate().  But the performance improvement might be worth
      the effort.
 
diff --git a/configs/esp32-core/src/esp32_appinit.c b/configs/esp32-core/src/esp32_appinit.c
index ff8d1eb957..dcf65d5e71 100644
--- a/configs/esp32-core/src/esp32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/esp32-core/src/esp32_appinit.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/ez80f910200zco/README.txt b/configs/ez80f910200zco/README.txt
index d88114e851..a1c6ce5777 100644
--- a/configs/ez80f910200zco/README.txt
+++ b/configs/ez80f910200zco/README.txt
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Version 5.1.1
   Paths were also updated that are specific to a 32-bit toolchain running on
   a 64 bit windows platform.  Change to a different toolchain, you will need
   to modify the versioning in Make.defs; if you want to build on a different
-  platform, you will need to change the path the the ZDS binaries in that
+  platform, you will need to change the path the ZDS binaries in that
   files as well as in your PATH environment variable.
 
 Version 5.2.1
diff --git a/configs/fire-stm32v2/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/fire-stm32v2/src/stm32_appinit.c
index aa962b5b77..c82d5f4366 100644
--- a/configs/fire-stm32v2/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/fire-stm32v2/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ static void stm32_i2ctool(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/freedom-k64f/include/board.h b/configs/freedom-k64f/include/board.h
index 62eb2fe5e0..b88e37a160 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-k64f/include/board.h
+++ b/configs/freedom-k64f/include/board.h
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 /*
  * Kinetis does not have pullups on their Freedom-K64F board
- * So allow the the board config to enable them.
+ * So allow the board config to enable them.
  */
 
 #define BOARD_SDHC_ENABLE_PULLUPS 1
diff --git a/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_appinit.c b/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_appinit.c
index ba19f5b851..f9851a74a1 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_automount.c b/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_automount.c
index 8ec1be29ff..4a325f1ca2 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_automount.c
+++ b/configs/freedom-k64f/src/k64_automount.c
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ void k64_automount_event(bool inserted)
 
       if (!state->enable)
         {
-          /* Yes.. just remember the there is a pending interrupt. We will
+          /* Yes.. just remember that there is a pending interrupt. We will
            * deliver the interrupt when interrupts are "re-enabled."
            */
 
diff --git a/configs/freedom-k66f/include/board.h b/configs/freedom-k66f/include/board.h
index b59515e6d8..4a5673e936 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-k66f/include/board.h
+++ b/configs/freedom-k66f/include/board.h
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 
 /*
  * Kinetis does not have pullups on their Freedom-K66F board
- * So allow the the board config to enable them.
+ * So allow the board config to enable them.
  */
 
 #define BOARD_SDHC_ENABLE_PULLUPS 1
diff --git a/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_appinit.c b/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_appinit.c
index 1a31c33134..c52a52e6da 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_appinit.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_automount.c b/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_automount.c
index fbbe80b72e..2b9c7a3210 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_automount.c
+++ b/configs/freedom-k66f/src/k66_automount.c
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ void k66_automount_event(bool inserted)
 
       if (!state->enable)
         {
-          /* Yes.. just remember the there is a pending interrupt. We will
+          /* Yes.. just remember that there is a pending interrupt. We will
            * deliver the interrupt when interrupts are "re-enabled."
            */
 
diff --git a/configs/freedom-kl25z/src/kl_appinit.c b/configs/freedom-kl25z/src/kl_appinit.c
index ef425471dd..5686f6e014 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-kl25z/src/kl_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/freedom-kl25z/src/kl_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/freedom-kl26z/src/kl_appinit.c b/configs/freedom-kl26z/src/kl_appinit.c
index 6b6550c915..d4b1824b3a 100644
--- a/configs/freedom-kl26z/src/kl_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/freedom-kl26z/src/kl_appinit.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/hymini-stm32v/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/hymini-stm32v/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 2e1d99f742..5b99c4445b 100644
--- a/configs/hymini-stm32v/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/hymini-stm32v/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ static int nsh_cdinterrupt(int irq, FAR void *context, FAR void *arg)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/kwikstik-k40/src/k40_appinit.c b/configs/kwikstik-k40/src/k40_appinit.c
index 790a094551..104b6a339d 100644
--- a/configs/kwikstik-k40/src/k40_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/kwikstik-k40/src/k40_appinit.c
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ static int kinetis_cdinterrupt(int irq, FAR void *context)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/launchxl-tms57004/README.txt b/configs/launchxl-tms57004/README.txt
index 6c9568f913..42d199cc85 100644
--- a/configs/launchxl-tms57004/README.txt
+++ b/configs/launchxl-tms57004/README.txt
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Toolchain
 
   Endian-ness Issues
   ------------------
-  I started using the the "GNU Tools for ARM Embedded Processors" that is
+  I started using the "GNU Tools for ARM Embedded Processors" that is
   maintained by ARM.
 
     https://launchpad.net/gcc-arm-embedded
diff --git a/configs/launchxl-tms57004/src/tms570_appinit.c b/configs/launchxl-tms57004/src/tms570_appinit.c
index 6a187b033f..90360ee7ed 100644
--- a/configs/launchxl-tms57004/src/tms570_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/launchxl-tms57004/src/tms570_appinit.c
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lincoln60/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/lincoln60/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index 2e1426635c..7642c91395 100644
--- a/configs/lincoln60/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lincoln60/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lm3s6432-s2e/src/lm_appinit.c b/configs/lm3s6432-s2e/src/lm_appinit.c
index d787ea3258..c7fffb64d9 100644
--- a/configs/lm3s6432-s2e/src/lm_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lm3s6432-s2e/src/lm_appinit.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lm3s6965-ek/src/lm_appinit.c b/configs/lm3s6965-ek/src/lm_appinit.c
index c9eaf61d81..07153314ea 100644
--- a/configs/lm3s6965-ek/src/lm_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lm3s6965-ek/src/lm_appinit.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lm3s8962-ek/src/lm_appinit.c b/configs/lm3s8962-ek/src/lm_appinit.c
index ba601eacb6..2a9e3b4bdb 100644
--- a/configs/lm3s8962-ek/src/lm_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lm3s8962-ek/src/lm_appinit.c
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lm4f120-launchpad/src/lm4f_appinit.c b/configs/lm4f120-launchpad/src/lm4f_appinit.c
index f667597398..6b19ebdad3 100644
--- a/configs/lm4f120-launchpad/src/lm4f_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lm4f120-launchpad/src/lm4f_appinit.c
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/README.txt b/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/README.txt
index c0be108439..83b318ddfd 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/README.txt
+++ b/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/README.txt
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Status
     - lpc43_ssp.c
 
     These LPC17xx drivers were not brought into the LPC43xx port because
-    it appears the these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
+    it appears that these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
 
     - CAN,
     - Ethernet,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/src/lpc43_appinit.c b/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/src/lpc43_appinit.c
index 751daad901..5288a7eb88 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/src/lpc43_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lpc4330-xplorer/src/lpc43_appinit.c
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ static int nsh_spifi_initialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4337-ws/README.txt b/configs/lpc4337-ws/README.txt
index d8ca540a69..6f40824981 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4337-ws/README.txt
+++ b/configs/lpc4337-ws/README.txt
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Status
     - lpc43_ssp.c
 
     These LPC17xx drivers were not brought into the LPC43xx port because
-    it appears the these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
+    it appears that these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
 
     - CAN,
     - Ethernet,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4337-ws/src/lpc43_appinit.c b/configs/lpc4337-ws/src/lpc43_appinit.c
index 8f9a074992..31e4c692e7 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4337-ws/src/lpc43_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lpc4337-ws/src/lpc43_appinit.c
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ static void lpc43_i2ctool(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4357-evb/README.txt b/configs/lpc4357-evb/README.txt
index 95955308cc..d08fe5f105 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4357-evb/README.txt
+++ b/configs/lpc4357-evb/README.txt
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Status
     - lpc43_ssp.c
 
     These LPC17xx drivers were not brought into the LPC43xx port because
-    it appears the these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
+    it appears that these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
 
     - CAN,
     - Ethernet,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4357-evb/src/lpc43_appinit.c b/configs/lpc4357-evb/src/lpc43_appinit.c
index aea4aaaa19..96e66b1181 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4357-evb/src/lpc43_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lpc4357-evb/src/lpc43_appinit.c
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ static int nsh_spifi_initialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4370-link2/README.txt b/configs/lpc4370-link2/README.txt
index d39515d7f0..1f0c4092c1 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4370-link2/README.txt
+++ b/configs/lpc4370-link2/README.txt
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Status
     - lpc43_ssp.c
 
     These LPC17xx drivers were not brought into the LPC43xx port because
-    it appears the these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
+    it appears that these peripherals have been completely redesigned:
 
     - CAN,
     - Ethernet,
diff --git a/configs/lpc4370-link2/src/lpc43_appinit.c b/configs/lpc4370-link2/src/lpc43_appinit.c
index ceda373a43..0d8f5817c0 100644
--- a/configs/lpc4370-link2/src/lpc43_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lpc4370-link2/src/lpc43_appinit.c
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ static void lpc43_i2ctool(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/README.txt b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/README.txt
index 5b91b43a1f..41fae32e0e 100644
--- a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/README.txt
+++ b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/README.txt
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Code Red IDE
   ------------------------------------
 
   Under Cygwin, the Code Red command line tools (e.g., arm-non-eabi-gcc) cannot
-  be executed because the they only have execut privileges for Administrators.  I
+  be executed because they only have execute privileges for Administrators.  I
   worked around this by:
 
   Opening a native Cygwin RXVT as Administrator (Right click, "Run as administrator"),
diff --git a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/src/lpc11_appinit.c b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/src/lpc11_appinit.c
index 3ca2de5969..b4e7be5c1d 100644
--- a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/src/lpc11_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1115/src/lpc11_appinit.c
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/README.txt b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/README.txt
index 534108b309..05e8a7504e 100644
--- a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/README.txt
+++ b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/README.txt
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Code Red IDE
   ------------------------------------
 
   Under Cygwin, the Code Red command line tools (e.g., arm-non-eabi-gcc) cannot
-  be executed because the they only have execut privileges for Administrators.  I
+  be executed because they only have execute privileges for Administrators.  I
   worked around this by:
 
   Opening a native Cygwin RXVT as Administrator (Right click, "Run as administrator"),
diff --git a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index d922e61963..dfcb5fcce1 100644
--- a/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/lpcxpresso-lpc1768/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/maple/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/maple/src/stm32_appinit.c
index d1a7c50d22..1453149a00 100644
--- a/configs/maple/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/maple/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/mbed/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/mbed/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index f371ab764b..e99d177894 100644
--- a/configs/mbed/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/mbed/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/mcu123-lpc214x/src/lpc2148_appinit.c b/configs/mcu123-lpc214x/src/lpc2148_appinit.c
index 1e840af361..cec38015c7 100644
--- a/configs/mcu123-lpc214x/src/lpc2148_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/mcu123-lpc214x/src/lpc2148_appinit.c
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/mikroe-stm32f4/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/mikroe-stm32f4/src/stm32_appinit.c
index f42b6bc917..b0fee207c2 100644
--- a/configs/mikroe-stm32f4/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/mikroe-stm32f4/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/mirtoo/src/pic32_appinit.c b/configs/mirtoo/src/pic32_appinit.c
index 2cf57476dd..8491f57860 100644
--- a/configs/mirtoo/src/pic32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/mirtoo/src/pic32_appinit.c
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/moxa/src/moxart_appinit.c b/configs/moxa/src/moxart_appinit.c
index 1b7c8114d6..a550e1f777 100644
--- a/configs/moxa/src/moxart_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/moxa/src/moxart_appinit.c
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/ne64badge/src/m9s12_appinit.c b/configs/ne64badge/src/m9s12_appinit.c
index 1550f5d519..113525cb78 100644
--- a/configs/ne64badge/src/m9s12_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/ne64badge/src/m9s12_appinit.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nr5m100-nexys4/src/nr5_appinit.c b/configs/nr5m100-nexys4/src/nr5_appinit.c
index 861f1d44a8..3e0f74edd7 100644
--- a/configs/nr5m100-nexys4/src/nr5_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nr5m100-nexys4/src/nr5_appinit.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-144/src/stm32_appinitialize.c b/configs/nucleo-144/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
index a4ad8423bd..1b3c3150ac 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-144/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-144/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-f072rb/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-f072rb/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 0ce7ce4d66..b82a3d5457 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-f072rb/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-f072rb/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-f091rc/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-f091rc/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 784c155b6b..2eb92bcb77 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-f091rc/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-f091rc/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-f303re/src/stm32_appinitialize.c b/configs/nucleo-f303re/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
index 621488c57f..a72dfcd7bf 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-f303re/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-f303re/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-f334r8/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-f334r8/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 3d1d841092..7f84f6deb2 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-f334r8/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-f334r8/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-f4x1re/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-f4x1re/src/stm32_appinit.c
index a76eba4b59..e82a0ef32b 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-f4x1re/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-f4x1re/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ void up_netinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-l432kc/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-l432kc/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 649147101d..34d703372e 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-l432kc/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-l432kc/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void up_netinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-l452re/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-l452re/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 26b1b4f4c5..2a3ba3c518 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-l452re/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-l452re/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-l476rg/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/nucleo-l476rg/src/stm32_appinit.c
index f66fcdb1ec..479481417e 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-l476rg/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-l476rg/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ void up_netinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/nucleo-l496zg/src/stm32_appinitialize.c b/configs/nucleo-l496zg/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
index 677f184b61..a37ba99f12 100644
--- a/configs/nucleo-l496zg/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
+++ b/configs/nucleo-l496zg/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ struct i2c_master_s* i2c4;
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-lpc-h3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-lpc-h3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c
index 0a40bb902c..17916f8b2e 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-lpc-h3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-lpc-h3131/src/lpc31_appinit.c
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-lpc1766stk/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-lpc1766stk/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index e3aa02bd45..22e4858fc3 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-lpc1766stk/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-lpc1766stk/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ static int nsh_usbhostinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-lpc2378/src/lpc2378_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-lpc2378/src/lpc2378_appinit.c
index ed9ee4910a..766295c27a 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-lpc2378/src/lpc2378_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-lpc2378/src/lpc2378_appinit.c
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-stm32-h405/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-stm32-h405/src/stm32_appinit.c
index d94f29d31b..43fb94d1fd 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-stm32-h405/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-stm32-h405/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-stm32-h407/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-stm32-h407/src/stm32_appinit.c
index f461c2f193..8d8b56a61f 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-stm32-h407/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-stm32-h407/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-stm32-p107/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-stm32-p107/src/stm32_appinit.c
index af7736d2ca..997d92fe05 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-stm32-p107/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-stm32-p107/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-stm32-p207/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-stm32-p207/src/stm32_appinit.c
index fc22cc5aff..1818c08ab3 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-stm32-p207/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-stm32-p207/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/README.txt b/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/README.txt
index 0692ffc502..f77162379f 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/README.txt
+++ b/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/README.txt
@@ -429,5 +429,5 @@ STATUS
   CCM memory is not included in the heap (CONFIG_STM32_CCMEXCLUDE=y) because
   it does not suport DMA, leaving only 128KiB for program usage.
 
-2107-01-23:  Added the the knsh configuration and support for the PROTECTED
+2107-01-23:  Added the knsh configuration and support for the PROTECTED
   build mode.
diff --git a/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/src/stm32_appinit.c
index a0a6d02d0f..5880ed2120 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-stm32-p407/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimex-strp711/src/str71_appinit.c b/configs/olimex-strp711/src/str71_appinit.c
index e064cd5988..8059d95c81 100644
--- a/configs/olimex-strp711/src/str71_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimex-strp711/src/str71_appinit.c
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/olimexino-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/olimexino-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 4fdc6a1c68..dcd7d24a30 100644
--- a/configs/olimexino-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/olimexino-stm32/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/open1788/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/open1788/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index 7a43837649..bb39422956 100644
--- a/configs/open1788/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/open1788/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ static int nsh_usbhostinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/pcblogic-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c b/configs/pcblogic-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
index 414d4b395b..528b8d4214 100644
--- a/configs/pcblogic-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/pcblogic-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/photon/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/photon/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 946dfbe8e2..31c9f61f09 100644
--- a/configs/photon/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/photon/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/pic32mx-starterkit/src/pic32mx_appinit.c b/configs/pic32mx-starterkit/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
index 64bba54fc7..68aadbcce2 100644
--- a/configs/pic32mx-starterkit/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/pic32mx-starterkit/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ static int nsh_usbdevinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/pic32mx7mmb/src/pic32_appinit.c b/configs/pic32mx7mmb/src/pic32_appinit.c
index 8c62c9a766..06f54e3b13 100644
--- a/configs/pic32mx7mmb/src/pic32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/pic32mx7mmb/src/pic32_appinit.c
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ static int nsh_usbdevinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/include/board.h b/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/include/board.h
index 3259ce2c32..05bfa3d8f6 100644
--- a/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/include/board.h
+++ b/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/include/board.h
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
  *   --------------- --------- -------------- ------------
  *
  * The following pin assignment is used with the MEB-II board.  If you are
- * using signals from PIC32MZEC Adaptor Board (as described in the the README
+ * using signals from PIC32MZEC Adaptor Board (as described in the README
  * file), then UART1 signals are available at these locations on the adaptor
  * board:
  *
diff --git a/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/src/pic32mz_appinit.c b/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/src/pic32mz_appinit.c
index 0b3a3dc823..ab96a4c20e 100644
--- a/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/src/pic32mz_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/pic32mz-starterkit/src/pic32mz_appinit.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sabre-6quad/README.txt b/configs/sabre-6quad/README.txt
index bff618371e..61da0e102f 100644
--- a/configs/sabre-6quad/README.txt
+++ b/configs/sabre-6quad/README.txt
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ some other debuggers that you might want to consider.
 
 These instructions all assume that you have built NuttX with debug symbols
 enabled.  When debugging the nuttx.bin file on the SD card, it is also
-assumed the the nuttx ELF file with the debug symbol addresses is from the
+assumed the nuttx ELF file with the debug symbol addresses is from the
 same build so that the symbols match up.
 
 Debugging the NuttX image on the SD card
diff --git a/configs/sabre-6quad/src/imx_appinit.c b/configs/sabre-6quad/src/imx_appinit.c
index 2e32a6771f..2484d795a8 100644
--- a/configs/sabre-6quad/src/imx_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sabre-6quad/src/imx_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sam3u-ek/README.txt b/configs/sam3u-ek/README.txt
index f210f1a7cc..047beaf478 100644
--- a/configs/sam3u-ek/README.txt
+++ b/configs/sam3u-ek/README.txt
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ NuttX EABI "buildroot" Toolchain
   building a Cortex-M3 toolchain for Cygwin under Windows.
 
   NOTE:  Unfortunately, the 4.6.3 (and later) GCC toolchain is not compatible
-  with the the NXFLAT tools.  See the top-level TODO file (under "Binary loaders")
+  with the NXFLAT tools.  See the top-level TODO file (under "Binary loaders")
   for more information about this problem. If you plan to use NXFLAT, please do
   not use the GCC 4.6.3 toochain; instead use an older toolchain (such as the GCC
   4.3.3 OABI toolchain discussed below).
diff --git a/configs/sam3u-ek/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sam3u-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
index 632d630394..00f2cd2e21 100644
--- a/configs/sam3u-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sam3u-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sam4cmp-db/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sam4cmp-db/src/sam_appinit.c
index 6bab1d5751..774bb033a8 100644
--- a/configs/sam4cmp-db/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sam4cmp-db/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
index aed2a31361..b9ec0bcf11 100644
--- a/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c b/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
index 7b41e6b622..4b02473bef 100644
--- a/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/sam4e-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void weak_function sam_netinitialize(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/sam4l-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sam4l-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
index 15330a80a2..141c51091e 100644
--- a/configs/sam4l-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sam4l-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sam4s-xplained-pro/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sam4s-xplained-pro/src/sam_appinit.c
index 6cb0cabe91..4ed689f4e8 100644
--- a/configs/sam4s-xplained-pro/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sam4s-xplained-pro/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sama5d2-xult/README.txt b/configs/sama5d2-xult/README.txt
index cb48cc0a29..e173355356 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d2-xult/README.txt
+++ b/configs/sama5d2-xult/README.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ STATUS
 1. Most of this document is a partially corrected clone of the SAMA5D4-EK
    README.txt and still contains errors and inconsistencies.
 
-2. Coding is complete for the the basic SAMA5D2-XULT NSH configuration, but
+2. Coding is complete for the basic SAMA5D2-XULT NSH configuration, but
    is completely untested as of this writing (2015-09-15).  The primary
    issue is  that I have not yet determine how to load and test code.
 
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
diff --git a/configs/sama5d2-xult/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sama5d2-xult/src/sam_appinit.c
index 518dc37696..4159585d22 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d2-xult/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d2-xult/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
index ad5d8146f8..c50b057e1c 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c b/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c
index 501acac39f..8aff5d9fa4 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d3-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ void weak_function sam_netinitialize(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
index f352bcdf97..0d3083ad2b 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c b/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
index 5121a03ff4..3a32d9f882 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ void weak_function sam_netinitialize(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c b/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c
index 2bba0f3f04..5a49122f31 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d3x-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ int sam_wm8904_initialize(int minor)
         }
 
       /* No we can embed the WM8904/I2C/I2S conglomerate into a PCM decoder
-       * instance so that we will have a PCM front end for the the WM8904
+       * instance so that we will have a PCM front end for the WM8904
        * driver.
        */
 
diff --git a/configs/sama5d4-ek/README.txt b/configs/sama5d4-ek/README.txt
index bff91b7a06..839daa66df 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d4-ek/README.txt
+++ b/configs/sama5d4-ek/README.txt
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ Networking
 
   The ETH1 signals go through line drivers that are enabled via the board
   LCD_ETH1_CONFIG signal.  Jumper JP2 selects either the EMAC1 or the LCD by
-  controlling the the LCD_ETH1_CONFIG signal on the board.
+  controlling the LCD_ETH1_CONFIG signal on the board.
 
     - JP2 open, LCD_ETH1_CONFIG pulled high:
 
@@ -3243,7 +3243,7 @@ TM7000 LCD/Touchscreen
   J9 pin 8 LCD_TWD0_PA30   J4 pin 8 SDA_0
   ------------------------ -----------------
 
-  The schematic indicates the the MXT468E address is 0x4c/0x4d.
+  The schematic indicates the MXT468E address is 0x4c/0x4d.
 
   Here are the configuration settings the configuration settings that will
   enable the maXTouch touchscreen controller:
@@ -3720,7 +3720,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
@@ -3747,7 +3747,7 @@ Configurations
 
         The ETH1 signals go through line drivers that are enabled via the
         board LCD_ETH1_CONFIG signal.  Jumper JP2 selects either the EMAC1
-        or the LCD by controlling the the LCD_ETH1_CONFIG signal on the
+        or the LCD by controlling the LCD_ETH1_CONFIG signal on the
         board.
 
         - JP2 open, LCD_ETH1_CONFIG pulled high:
@@ -3789,7 +3789,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
@@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
@@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
@@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ Configurations
        Then you will need to follow some special build instructions below
        in order to build and install the ROMFS file system image.
 
-       UPDATE: The ROMFS configuration is pre-configured in the the
+       UPDATE: The ROMFS configuration is pre-configured in the
        file nuttx/configs/sama5d4-ek/knsh/defconfig.ROMFS
 
     5. Board initialization is performed performed before the application
@@ -4166,7 +4166,7 @@ Configurations
         $ make import                       : This will build the file system.
 
       You will then need to copy the files from apps/bin to an SD card to
-      create the the bootable SD card.
+      create the bootable SD card.
 
     6b. General build directions (boot from ROMFS image):
 
@@ -4225,7 +4225,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
@@ -4933,7 +4933,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
 
-    1. This configuration uses the the USART3 for the serial console
+    1. This configuration uses the USART3 for the serial console
        which is available at the "DBGU" RS-232 connector (J24).  That
        is easily changed by reconfiguring to (1) enable a different
        serial peripheral, and (2) selecting that serial peripheral as
diff --git a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
index 066bbf00c3..8cce13cb62 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_automount.c b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_automount.c
index b838e693d9..af8fd79813 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_automount.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_automount.c
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ void sam_automount_event(int slotno, bool inserted)
 
       if (!state->enable)
         {
-          /* Yes.. just remember the there is a pending interrupt. We will
+          /* Yes.. just remember that there is a pending interrupt. We will
            * deliver the interrupt when interrupts are "re-enabled."
            */
 
diff --git a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
index c491ec9dd1..419983f02f 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_ethernet.c
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ void weak_function sam_netinitialize(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c
index 34ded3756d..084581106b 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c
+++ b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sam_wm8904.c
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ int sam_wm8904_initialize(int minor)
         }
 
       /* No we can embed the WM8904/I2C/I2S conglomerate into a PCM decoder
-       * instance so that we will have a PCM front end for the the WM8904
+       * instance so that we will have a PCM front end for the WM8904
        * driver.
        */
 
diff --git a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sama5d4-ek.h b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sama5d4-ek.h
index 4bf4031976..1a364f64c2 100644
--- a/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sama5d4-ek.h
+++ b/configs/sama5d4-ek/src/sama5d4-ek.h
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
  * J9 pin 8 LCD_TWD0_PA30   J4 pin 8 SDA_0
  * ------------------------ -----------------
  *
- * The schematic indicates the the MXT468E address is 0x4c/0x4d.
+ * The schematic indicates the MXT468E address is 0x4c/0x4d.
  */
 
 #define PIO_CHG_MXT  (PIO_INPUT | PIO_CFG_PULLUP | PIO_CFG_DEGLITCH | \
diff --git a/configs/samd20-xplained/README.txt b/configs/samd20-xplained/README.txt
index d79a298b69..5d8f9c0518 100644
--- a/configs/samd20-xplained/README.txt
+++ b/configs/samd20-xplained/README.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ STATUS/ISSUES
     2. Garbage appears on the display sometimes after a reset (maybe 20% of
        the time) or after a power cycle (less after a power cycle).  I don't
        understand the cause of of this but most of this can be eliminated by
-       simply holding the the reset button longer and releasing it cleanly
+       simply holding the reset button longer and releasing it cleanly
        (then it fails maybe 5-10% of the time, maybe because of button
        chatter?) (2014-2-18).
 
diff --git a/configs/samd20-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/samd20-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
index 8bc9a35b4f..8e90119742 100644
--- a/configs/samd20-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/samd20-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/samd21-xplained/README.txt b/configs/samd21-xplained/README.txt
index 6ac8fafe39..8fdacc8f0e 100644
--- a/configs/samd21-xplained/README.txt
+++ b/configs/samd21-xplained/README.txt
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ Configurations
     ./configure.sh samd21-xplained/<subdir>
     cd -
 
-  Before building, make sure the the PATH environment varaible include the
+  Before building, make sure the PATH environment varaible include the
   correct path to the directory than holds your toolchain binaries.
 
   And then build NuttX by simply typing the following.  At the conclusion of
diff --git a/configs/samd21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/samd21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
index 56afb0ff24..881af05df6 100644
--- a/configs/samd21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/samd21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/same70-xplained/include/board.h b/configs/same70-xplained/include/board.h
index 2e5378b82c..0eee34dc7e 100644
--- a/configs/same70-xplained/include/board.h
+++ b/configs/same70-xplained/include/board.h
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
  *   Master Clock (MCK): Source = PLLACK, Prescalar = 1 to generate MCK = 120MHz
  *   CPU clock: 120MHz
  *
- * There can be two on-board crystals.  However, the the 32.768 crystal is not
+ * There can be two on-board crystals.  However, the 32.768 crystal is not
  * populated on the stock SAME70.  The fallback is to use th on-chip, slow RC
  * oscillator which has a frequency of 22-42 KHz, nominally 32 KHz.
  */
diff --git a/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
index 4dd89315b7..6dfa27a421 100644
--- a/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c b/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c
index 053003fe11..413eec4762 100644
--- a/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/same70-xplained/src/sam_ethernet.c
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ int sam_emac0_setmac(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/saml21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/saml21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
index 9f299c1f71..7e4d97a3ea 100644
--- a/configs/saml21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/saml21-xplained/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/samv71-xult/README.txt b/configs/samv71-xult/README.txt
index 182b0cc99a..7b190de0e1 100644
--- a/configs/samv71-xult/README.txt
+++ b/configs/samv71-xult/README.txt
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ can be selected as follow:
   ./configure.sh samv71-xult/<subdir>
   cd -
 
-Before building, make sure the the PATH environment variable include the
+Before building, make sure the PATH environment variable include the
 correct path to the directory than holds your toolchain binaries.
 
 And then build NuttX by simply typing the following.  At the conclusion of
diff --git a/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_appinit.c b/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_appinit.c
index 9e59395cc1..acd195f10a 100644
--- a/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_ethernet.c b/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_ethernet.c
index 1278b4d6be..3fff3006b7 100644
--- a/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_ethernet.c
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ int sam_emac0_setmac(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_wm8904.c b/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_wm8904.c
index 8ffe0dfe21..4d25648503 100644
--- a/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_wm8904.c
+++ b/configs/samv71-xult/src/sam_wm8904.c
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ int sam_wm8904_initialize(int minor)
         }
 
       /* No we can embed the WM8904/I2C/I2S conglomerate into a PCM decoder
-       * instance so that we will have a PCM front end for the the WM8904
+       * instance so that we will have a PCM front end for the WM8904
        * driver.
        */
 
diff --git a/configs/shenzhou/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/shenzhou/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 2bfb40a59f..a260c4ec1e 100644
--- a/configs/shenzhou/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/shenzhou/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sim/src/sim_appinit.c b/configs/sim/src/sim_appinit.c
index 4100ec736b..c3abef2d59 100644
--- a/configs/sim/src/sim_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sim/src/sim_appinit.c
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/spark/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/spark/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 1b484caa48..a666eb089e 100644
--- a/configs/spark/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/spark/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ static bool g_app_initialzed;
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm3210e-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm3210e-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 0b4a1c52c2..84108fd42b 100644
--- a/configs/stm3210e-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm3210e-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ static void stm32_i2ctool(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm3220g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm3220g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 0fd45e4a6e..447bb24f3d 100644
--- a/configs/stm3220g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm3220g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ static void stm32_i2ctool(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm3240g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm3240g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 448c48ba36..d2f847a276 100644
--- a/configs/stm3240g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm3240g-eval/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ static void stm32_i2ctool(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32_tiny/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32_tiny/src/stm32_appinit.c
index d9152f5ddf..e4dacea565 100644
--- a/configs/stm32_tiny/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32_tiny/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f0discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32f0discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
index a69c731e1e..3a0ae46ab2 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f0discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f0discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f103-minimum/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32f103-minimum/src/stm32_appinit.c
index e8d545ff66..357090b47d 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f103-minimum/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f103-minimum/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f3discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32f3discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 6007b0a4f6..f3da7a8025 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f3discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f3discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f411e-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32f411e-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 984a3d9ab4..1656bb6a9b 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f411e-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f411e-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f429i-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32f429i-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
index bbd1b18078..d7c352f344 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f429i-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f429i-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 75e635988c..9382ffab67 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_ethernet.c b/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_ethernet.c
index fcd6d6c214..429350a4b2 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_ethernet.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f4discovery/src/stm32_ethernet.c
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void weak_function stm32_netinitialize(void)
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/configs/stm32f746g-disco/src/stm32_appinitialize.c b/configs/stm32f746g-disco/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
index 88d62fc154..e1feb21c4a 100644
--- a/configs/stm32f746g-disco/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
+++ b/configs/stm32f746g-disco/src/stm32_appinitialize.c
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32l476-mdk/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32l476-mdk/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 2633d47302..4e9a08b485 100644
--- a/configs/stm32l476-mdk/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32l476-mdk/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32l476vg-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32l476vg-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 40b204e59e..00c41a1985 100644
--- a/configs/stm32l476vg-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32l476vg-disco/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ FAR struct mtd_dev_s *g_mtd_fs;
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/stm32ldiscovery/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/stm32ldiscovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 30db4f50f2..b49827fd04 100644
--- a/configs/stm32ldiscovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/stm32ldiscovery/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/sure-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c b/configs/sure-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
index ae36428317..b668e512cb 100644
--- a/configs/sure-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/sure-pic32mx/src/pic32mx_appinit.c
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ static int nsh_usbdevinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/teensy-2.0/src/at90usb_appinit.c b/configs/teensy-2.0/src/at90usb_appinit.c
index ab482aa62f..2096fc20ac 100644
--- a/configs/teensy-2.0/src/at90usb_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/teensy-2.0/src/at90usb_appinit.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/teensy-3.x/README.txt b/configs/teensy-3.x/README.txt
index cdcfee7e62..1513a53256 100644
--- a/configs/teensy-3.x/README.txt
+++ b/configs/teensy-3.x/README.txt
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Debugging
 
   And, at this point, I don't know how to debug the board.  There is no
   way to connect a JTAG SWD debuggger, at least not without cutting leads
-  to the the MINI54TAN device:
+  to the MINI54TAN device:
 
     See: http://mcuoneclipse.com/2014/08/09/hacking-the-teensy-v3-1-for-swd-debugging/
 
diff --git a/configs/teensy-3.x/src/k20_appinit.c b/configs/teensy-3.x/src/k20_appinit.c
index ae26f993f6..d59d4d9e21 100644
--- a/configs/teensy-3.x/src/k20_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/teensy-3.x/src/k20_appinit.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/teensy-lc/src/kl_appinit.c b/configs/teensy-lc/src/kl_appinit.c
index cfe2684ebd..6bcf8bbd0f 100644
--- a/configs/teensy-lc/src/kl_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/teensy-lc/src/kl_appinit.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/tm4c123g-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c b/configs/tm4c123g-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c
index c1ad4dd105..433528659d 100644
--- a/configs/tm4c123g-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/tm4c123g-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/tm4c1294-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c b/configs/tm4c1294-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c
index 35b1f1ce1b..f866e5e6a9 100644
--- a/configs/tm4c1294-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/tm4c1294-launchpad/src/tm4c_appinit.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/twr-k60n512/src/k60_appinit.c b/configs/twr-k60n512/src/k60_appinit.c
index 4bbbaee8dd..78e3933020 100644
--- a/configs/twr-k60n512/src/k60_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/twr-k60n512/src/k60_appinit.c
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ static int kinetis_cdinterrupt(int irq, FAR void *context)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_appinit.c b/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_appinit.c
index 1c59c4aa2a..66d11d94d9 100644
--- a/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_appinit.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_automount.c b/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_automount.c
index 5e0ddfb465..d0ce68f40a 100644
--- a/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_automount.c
+++ b/configs/twr-k64f120m/src/k64_automount.c
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ void k64_automount_event(bool inserted)
 
       if (!state->enable)
         {
-          /* Yes.. just remember the there is a pending interrupt. We will
+          /* Yes.. just remember that there is a pending interrupt. We will
            * deliver the interrupt when interrupts are "re-enabled."
            */
 
diff --git a/configs/u-blox-c027/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/u-blox-c027/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index 30c6d27161..46ffbfa2f4 100644
--- a/configs/u-blox-c027/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/u-blox-c027/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/ubw32/src/pic32_appinit.c b/configs/ubw32/src/pic32_appinit.c
index 22cf57b4b0..2fd8dcca46 100644
--- a/configs/ubw32/src/pic32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/ubw32/src/pic32_appinit.c
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static int nsh_usbdevinitialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/README.txt b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/README.txt
index 31d5fc734e..9161b483ea 100644
--- a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/README.txt
+++ b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/README.txt
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Freescale MPL115A barometer sensor
 LCD/Touchscreen Interface
 =========================
 
-  An LCD may be connected via J11.  Only the the STM32F103 supports the FSMC signals
+  An LCD may be connected via J11.  Only the STM32F103 supports the FSMC signals
   needed to drive the LCD.
 
   The LCD features an (1) HY32D module with built-in SSD1289 LCD controller, and (a)
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Configurations
 
     NOTES:
     1. This configuration will work only on the version the viewtool
-       board with the the STM32F107VCT6 installed.  If you have a board
+       board with the STM32F107VCT6 installed.  If you have a board
        with the STM32F103VCT6 installed, please use the nsh configuration
        described below.
 
diff --git a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_appinit.c b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_appinit.c
index 82e4ff85af..ba6e1fd0c9 100644
--- a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_appinit.c
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ static int rtc_driver_initialize(void)
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_ssd1289.c b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_ssd1289.c
index de4d3a57a8..0b7a152a2b 100644
--- a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_ssd1289.c
+++ b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/stm32_ssd1289.c
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ static void stm32_enablefsmc(void);
  **************************************************************************************/
 /* LCD
  *
- * An LCD may be connected via J11.  Only the the STM32F103 supports the FSMC signals
+ * An LCD may be connected via J11.  Only the STM32F103 supports the FSMC signals
  * needed to drive the LCD.
  *
  * The LCD features an (1) HY32D module with built-in SSD1289 LCD controller, and (a)
diff --git a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/viewtool_stm32f107.h b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/viewtool_stm32f107.h
index 508f10c8a2..b9a0329c92 100644
--- a/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/viewtool_stm32f107.h
+++ b/configs/viewtool-stm32f107/src/viewtool_stm32f107.h
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 
 /* LCD
  *
- * An LCD may be connected via J11.  Only the the STM32F103 supports the FSMC signals
+ * An LCD may be connected via J11.  Only the STM32F103 supports the FSMC signals
  * needed to drive the LCD.
  *
  * The LCD features an (1) HY32D module with built-in SSD1289 LCD controller, and (a)
diff --git a/configs/xmc4500-relax/src/xmc4_appinit.c b/configs/xmc4500-relax/src/xmc4_appinit.c
index 1621317d4d..ff79ddfc73 100644
--- a/configs/xmc4500-relax/src/xmc4_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/xmc4500-relax/src/xmc4_appinit.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/z16f2800100zcog/README.txt b/configs/z16f2800100zcog/README.txt
index 5875a15e0d..aff6105296 100644
--- a/configs/z16f2800100zcog/README.txt
+++ b/configs/z16f2800100zcog/README.txt
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ following steps:
 Where <sub-directory> is the specific board configuration that you
 wish to build.  The following board-specific configurations are
 available.  You may also need to apply a path to NuttX before making.
-Please refer the the section "Patches" above"
+Please refer the section "Patches" above"
 
 Configuration Sub-directories
 =============================
diff --git a/configs/zkit-arm-1769/src/lpc17_appinit.c b/configs/zkit-arm-1769/src/lpc17_appinit.c
index b98cb2bab9..d6e80895fd 100644
--- a/configs/zkit-arm-1769/src/lpc17_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/zkit-arm-1769/src/lpc17_appinit.c
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/configs/zp214xpa/src/lpc2148_appinit.c b/configs/zp214xpa/src/lpc2148_appinit.c
index b5efe18344..8d52632333 100644
--- a/configs/zp214xpa/src/lpc2148_appinit.c
+++ b/configs/zp214xpa/src/lpc2148_appinit.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/drivers/input/ajoystick.c b/drivers/input/ajoystick.c
index 6665b8fdd2..2868e1542a 100644
--- a/drivers/input/ajoystick.c
+++ b/drivers/input/ajoystick.c
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ errout_with_dusem:
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the analog joystick device to be registers.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/priv/ajoyN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/priv/ajoyN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific analog joystick lower
  *     half driver.
diff --git a/drivers/input/button_upper.c b/drivers/input/button_upper.c
index f5486752fc..12f2896cf5 100644
--- a/drivers/input/button_upper.c
+++ b/drivers/input/button_upper.c
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ errout_with_dusem:
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the button device to be registered.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/btnN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/btnN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific button lower half driver.
  *
diff --git a/drivers/input/djoystick.c b/drivers/input/djoystick.c
index bd3c9e4703..62f62fe45a 100644
--- a/drivers/input/djoystick.c
+++ b/drivers/input/djoystick.c
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ errout_with_dusem:
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the discrete joystick device to be registers.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/priv/djoyN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/priv/djoyN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific discrete joystick lower
  *     half driver.
diff --git a/drivers/leds/userled_upper.c b/drivers/leds/userled_upper.c
index abf7cc719e..dbf8f919c1 100644
--- a/drivers/leds/userled_upper.c
+++ b/drivers/leds/userled_upper.c
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ static int userled_ioctl(FAR struct file *filep, int cmd, unsigned long arg)
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the LED device to be registered.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/ledN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/ledN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific LED lower half driver.
  *
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/mtd_config.c b/drivers/mtd/mtd_config.c
index d56c26cc89..69ac00237d 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/mtd_config.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/mtd_config.c
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ static int  mtdconfig_writebytes(FAR struct mtdconfig_struct_s *dev, int offset,
 
       while (writelen)
         {
-          /* Read existing data from the the block into the buffer */
+          /* Read existing data from the block into the buffer */
 
           block = offset / dev->blocksize;
           ret = MTD_BREAD(dev->mtd, block, 1, dev->buffer);
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/mtd_onfi.c b/drivers/mtd/mtd_onfi.c
index 4a2a150f0f..ace56104a1 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/mtd_onfi.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/mtd_onfi.c
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ bool onfi_compatible(uintptr_t cmdaddr, uintptr_t addraddr,
  *   onfi     - The ONFI data structure to populate.
  *
  * Returned Value:
- *   OK is returned on success and the the ONFI data structure is initialized
+ *   OK is returned on success and the ONFI data structure is initialized
  *   with NAND data.  A negated errno value is returned in the event of an
  *   error.
  *
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/smart.c b/drivers/mtd/smart.c
index bbd7be3cdd..c5c6e80a3e 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/smart.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/smart.c
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ struct smart_struct_s
   uint8_t               minwearlevel;     /* Min level in the wear level bits */
   uint8_t               maxwearlevel;     /* Max level in the wear level bits */
   uint8_t              *wearstatus;       /* Array of wear leveling bits */
-  uint32_t              uneven_wearcount; /* Number of times the the wear level has gone over max */
+  uint32_t              uneven_wearcount; /* Number of times the wear level has gone over max */
 #endif
 #ifdef CONFIG_MTD_SMART_ENABLE_CRC
   FAR struct smart_allocsector_s  *allocsector; /* Pointer to first alloc sector */
diff --git a/drivers/serial/ptmx.c b/drivers/serial/ptmx.c
index dd6bd9fd3c..6a8a3359ce 100644
--- a/drivers/serial/ptmx.c
+++ b/drivers/serial/ptmx.c
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ static int ptmx_open(FAR struct file *filep)
   DEBUGASSERT(fd >= 0);  /* open() should never fail */
 
   /* No unlink the master.  This will remove it from the VFS namespace,
-   * the the driver will still persist because of the open count on the
+   * the driver will still persist because of the open count on the
    * driver.
    */
 
diff --git a/drivers/syslog/syslog_device.c b/drivers/syslog/syslog_device.c
index 748f6908d1..0d49ea4e8a 100644
--- a/drivers/syslog/syslog_device.c
+++ b/drivers/syslog/syslog_device.c
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ int syslog_dev_initialize(FAR const char *devpath, int oflags, int mode)
   DEBUGASSERT(g_syslog_dev.sl_state == SYSLOG_UNINITIALIZED ||
               g_syslog_dev.sl_state == SYSLOG_REOPEN);
 
-  /* Save the the path to the device in case we have to re-open it.
+  /* Save the path to the device in case we have to re-open it.
    * If we get here and sl_devpath is not equal to NULL, that is a clue
    * that we will are re-openingthe file.
    */
diff --git a/drivers/usbhost/Kconfig b/drivers/usbhost/Kconfig
index 5e49aa7b86..e8a9a27934 100644
--- a/drivers/usbhost/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usbhost/Kconfig
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ config USBHOST_CDCACM_REDUCED
 		status lines. This mode is useful if the number of available
 		endpoints is limited by hardware restrictions.
 
-		If the the CDC/ACM compliant protocol is selected, then the reduced
+		If the CDC/ACM compliant protocol is selected, then the reduced
 		protocol is supported for devices that provide not interrupt IN
 		endpoint.  This option is then most useful for testing purposes or
 		if there are insufficient resources to support the compliant
diff --git a/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_composite.c b/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_composite.c
index cc60adff94..05b8e8b030 100644
--- a/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_composite.c
+++ b/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_composite.c
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
 struct usbhost_member_s
 {
-  /* This the the classobject returned by each contained class */
+  /* This the classobject returned by each contained class */
 
   FAR struct usbhost_class_s *usbclass;
 
diff --git a/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_devaddr.c b/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_devaddr.c
index 58fbe04297..1b51a08926 100644
--- a/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_devaddr.c
+++ b/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_devaddr.c
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ void usbhost_devaddr_initialize(FAR struct usbhost_roothubport_s *rhport)
  *     newly connected and so is in need of a function address.
  *
  * Returned Value:
- *   On success, a new device function address in the the range 0x01 to 0x7f
+ *   On success, a new device function address in the range 0x01 to 0x7f
  *   is returned.  On failure, a negated errno value is returned.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_trace.c b/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_trace.c
index ba47097fa8..bc9963893c 100644
--- a/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_trace.c
+++ b/drivers/usbhost/usbhost_trace.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ static int usbhost_trsyslog(uint32_t event, FAR void *arg)
       syslog(LOG_INFO, fmt, (unsigned int)TRACE_DECODE_U23(event));
     }
 
-  /* No, then it must the the two argument format first. */
+  /* No, then it must the two argument format first. */
 
   else
     {
diff --git a/drivers/usbmonitor/Kconfig b/drivers/usbmonitor/Kconfig
index e35c47e490..69862378e8 100644
--- a/drivers/usbmonitor/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/usbmonitor/Kconfig
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ config USBMONITOR_STACKSIZE
 	int "USB Monitor daemon stack size"
 	default 2048
 	---help---
-		The stack size to use the the USB monitor daemon.  Default: 2048
+		The stack size to use the USB monitor daemon.  Default: 2048
 
 config USBMONITOR_PRIORITY
 	int "USB Monitor daemon priority"
 	default 50
 	---help---
-		The priority to use the the USB monitor daemon.  Default: 50
+		The priority to use the USB monitor daemon.  Default: 50
 
 config USBMONITOR_INTERVAL
 	int "USB Monitor dump frequency"
diff --git a/drivers/usbmonitor/usbmonitor.c b/drivers/usbmonitor/usbmonitor.c
index 22e34ed5e4..913ceeb110 100644
--- a/drivers/usbmonitor/usbmonitor.c
+++ b/drivers/usbmonitor/usbmonitor.c
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ int usbmonitor_stop(void)
   if (g_usbmonitor.started)
     {
       /* Stop the USB monitor.  The next time the monitor wakes up,
-       * it will see the the stop indication and will exist.
+       * it will see the stop indication and will exist.
        */
 
       uinfo("Stopping: %d\n", g_usbmonitor.pid);
diff --git a/drivers/wireless/cc3000/socket_imp.c b/drivers/wireless/cc3000/socket_imp.c
index 38341b2939..2ec41d92e1 100644
--- a/drivers/wireless/cc3000/socket_imp.c
+++ b/drivers/wireless/cc3000/socket_imp.c
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ int HostFlowControlConsumeBuff(int sd)
           return -1;
         }
 
-      /* We must yield here for the the Event to get processed that returns
+      /* We must yield here for the Event to get processed that returns
        * the buffers
        */
 
diff --git a/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_raw.c b/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_raw.c
index 8e58cfc1d3..35f9f1895d 100644
--- a/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_raw.c
+++ b/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_raw.c
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ static size_t vnc_copy32(FAR struct vnc_session_s *session,
  *
  * Returned Value:
  *   Zero (OK) on success; A negated errno value is returned on failure that
- *   indicates the the nature of the failure.  A failure is only returned
+ *   indicates the nature of the failure.  A failure is only returned
  *   in cases of a network failure and unexpected internal failures.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_rre.c b/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_rre.c
index cc0d3c9317..5463d42b42 100644
--- a/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_rre.c
+++ b/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_rre.c
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ ssize_t vnc_rre32(FAR struct vnc_session_s *session,
  *   Zero is returned if RRE coding was not performed (but not error was)
  *   encountered.  Otherwise, the size of the framebuffer update message
  *   is returned on success or a negated errno value is returned on failure
- *   that indicates the the nature of the failure.  A failure is only
+ *   that indicates the nature of the failure.  A failure is only
  *   returned in cases of a network failure and unexpected internal failures.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_server.h b/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_server.h
index b513861fe8..3abc10dacf 100644
--- a/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_server.h
+++ b/graphics/vnc/server/vnc_server.h
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ int vnc_receiver(FAR struct vnc_session_s *session);
  *   Zero is returned if RRE coding was not performed (but not error was)
  *   encountered.  Otherwise, the size of the framebuffer update message
  *   is returned on success or a negated errno value is returned on failure
- *   that indicates the the nature of the failure.  A failure is only
+ *   that indicates the nature of the failure.  A failure is only
  *   returned in cases of a network failure and unexpected internal failures.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ int vnc_rre(FAR struct vnc_session_s *session, FAR struct nxgl_rect_s *rect);
  *
  * Returned Value:
  *   Zero (OK) on success; A negated errno value is returned on failure that
- *   indicates the the nature of the failure.  A failure is only returned
+ *   indicates the nature of the failure.  A failure is only returned
  *   in cases of a network failure and unexpected internal failures.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/include/nuttx/arch.h b/include/nuttx/arch.h
index 925ae988ed..8e02bc3529 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/arch.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/arch.h
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ int up_prioritize_irq(int irq, int priority);
  *   any failure.
  *
  * Assumptions:
- *   Called from the the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
+ *   Called from the normal tasking context.  The implementation must
  *   provide whatever mutual exclusion is necessary for correct operation.
  *   This can include disabling interrupts in order to assure atomic register
  *   operations.
@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ int up_rtc_settime(FAR const struct timespec *tp);
  *      and SIOCSMIIREG ioctl calls** to communicate with the PHY,
  *      determine what network event took place (Link Up/Down?), and
  *      take the appropriate actions.
- *   d. It should then interact the the PHY to clear any pending
+ *   d. It should then interact the PHY to clear any pending
  *      interrupts, then re-enable the PHY interrupt.
  *
  *    * This is an OS internal interface and should not be used from
diff --git a/include/nuttx/audio/wm8904.h b/include/nuttx/audio/wm8904.h
index 5b2bd7e549..dc1488b85d 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/audio/wm8904.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/audio/wm8904.h
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
  *   thread.
  * CONFIG_WM8904_BUFFER_SIZE - Preferred buffer size
  * CONFIG_WM8904_NUM_BUFFERS - Preferred number of buffers
- * CONFIG_WM8904_WORKER_STACKSIZE - Stack size to use when creating the the
+ * CONFIG_WM8904_WORKER_STACKSIZE - Stack size to use when creating the
  *   WM8904 worker thread.
  * CONFIG_WM8904_REGDUMP - Enable logic to dump all WM8904 registers to
  *   the SYSLOG device.
diff --git a/include/nuttx/binfmt/binfmt.h b/include/nuttx/binfmt/binfmt.h
index 8ee4b161bc..40e133ece9 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/binfmt/binfmt.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/binfmt/binfmt.h
@@ -336,8 +336,8 @@ int exec(FAR const char *filename, FAR char * const *argv,
  *   On success, exepath_init() return a non-NULL, opaque handle that may
  *   subsequently be used in calls to exepath_next() and exepath_release().
  *   On error, a NULL handle value will be returned.  The most likely cause
- *   of an error would be that the there is no value associated with the
- *   PATH variable.
+ *   of an error would be that there is no value associated with the PATH
+ *   variable.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
 
diff --git a/include/nuttx/board.h b/include/nuttx/board.h
index c00d09ce3c..bc67a03a2d 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/board.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/board.h
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
  *    definitions provide the common interface between NuttX and the
  *    architecture-specific implementation in arch/
  *
- *    These definitions are retained in the the header file
+ *    These definitions are retained in the header file
  *    nuttx/include/arch.h
  *
  *    NOTE: up_ is supposed to stand for microprocessor; the u is like the
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void board_initialize(void);
  *   arg - The boardctl() argument is passed to the board_app_initialize()
  *         implementation without modification.  The argument has no
  *         meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the argument is a contract
- *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the the
+ *         between the board-specific initalization logic and the
  *         matching application logic.  The value cold be such things as a
  *         mode enumeration value, a set of DIP switch switch settings, a
  *         pointer to configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH,
diff --git a/include/nuttx/input/ajoystick.h b/include/nuttx/input/ajoystick.h
index b50d98d56e..9704943db6 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/input/ajoystick.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/input/ajoystick.h
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ extern "C"
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the analog joystick device to be registered.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/ajoyN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/ajoyN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific analog joystick lower
  *     half driver.
diff --git a/include/nuttx/input/buttons.h b/include/nuttx/input/buttons.h
index 13ba28c3aa..dbaaec45e1 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/input/buttons.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/input/buttons.h
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ extern "C"
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the button device to be registered.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/btnN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/btnN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific button lower half driver.
  *
diff --git a/include/nuttx/input/djoystick.h b/include/nuttx/input/djoystick.h
index fc136cdfd2..84dbf318af 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/input/djoystick.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/input/djoystick.h
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ extern "C"
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the discrete joystick device to be registers.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/djoyN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/djoyN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific discrete joystick lower
  *     half driver.
diff --git a/include/nuttx/leds/userled.h b/include/nuttx/leds/userled.h
index 093c3b5b9a..0b9f8b0e25 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/leds/userled.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/leds/userled.h
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ extern "C"
  *
  * Input Parameters:
  *   devname - The name of the LED device to be registered.
- *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/ledN" where N is the the
+ *     This should be a string of the form "/dev/ledN" where N is the
  *     minor device number.
  *   lower - An instance of the platform-specific LED lower half driver.
  *
diff --git a/include/nuttx/lib/modlib.h b/include/nuttx/lib/modlib.h
index 7df5e34462..b1f00ef30a 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/lib/modlib.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/lib/modlib.h
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ int modlib_registry_del(FAR struct module_s *modp);
  *
  * Returned Value:
  *   If the registry entry is found, a pointer to the module entry is
- *   returned.  NULL is returned if the they entry is not found.
+ *   returned.  NULL is returned if the entry is not found.
  *
  * Assumptions:
  *   The caller holds the lock on the module registry.
diff --git a/include/nuttx/mtd/onfi.h b/include/nuttx/mtd/onfi.h
index a26d3e3afb..6ae1649b6f 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/mtd/onfi.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/mtd/onfi.h
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ bool onfi_compatible(uintptr_t cmdaddr, uintptr_t addraddr,
  *   onfi     - The ONFI data structure to populate.
  *
  * Returned Value:
- *   OK is returned on success and the the ONFI data structure is initialized
+ *   OK is returned on success and the ONFI data structure is initialized
  *   with NAND data.  A negated errno value is returned in the event of an
  *   error.
  *
diff --git a/include/nuttx/net/netdev.h b/include/nuttx/net/netdev.h
index 782c2e3399..18ea237945 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/net/netdev.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/net/netdev.h
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct net_driver_s
   FAR uint8_t *d_buf;
 
   /* d_appdata points to the location where application data can be read from
-   * or written to in the the packet buffer.
+   * or written to in the packet buffer.
    */
 
   uint8_t *d_appdata;
diff --git a/include/nuttx/net/sixlowpan.h b/include/nuttx/net/sixlowpan.h
index 45395d1c29..f9b9655f15 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/net/sixlowpan.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/net/sixlowpan.h
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ struct ieee802154_driver_s
  *
  *   When the packet in the d_buf is fully reassembled, it will be provided
  *   to the network as with any other received packet.  d_len will be set
- *   the the length of the uncompressed, reassembled packet.
+ *   the length of the uncompressed, reassembled packet.
  *
  *   After the network processes the packet, d_len will be set to zero.
  *   Network logic may also decide to send a response to the packet.  In
diff --git a/include/nuttx/power/battery_charger.h b/include/nuttx/power/battery_charger.h
index d90db10154..76cfa9e447 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/power/battery_charger.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/power/battery_charger.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
  * around the lower-half battery charger driver that does all of the real work.
  * Since there is no real data transfer to/or from a battery, all of the
  * driver interaction is through IOCTL commands.  The IOCTL commands
- * supported by the upper-half driver simply provide calls into the the
+ * supported by the upper-half driver simply provide calls into the
  * lower half as summarized below:
  *
  * BATIOC_STATE - Return the current state of the battery (see
diff --git a/include/nuttx/power/battery_gauge.h b/include/nuttx/power/battery_gauge.h
index 8351faee8c..e97f8a3d74 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/power/battery_gauge.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/power/battery_gauge.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
  * real work.
  * Since there is no real data transfer to/or from a battery, all of the
  * driver interaction is through IOCTIL commands.  The IOCTL commands
- * supported by the upper-half driver simply provide calls into the the
+ * supported by the upper-half driver simply provide calls into the
  * lower half as summarized below:
  *
  * BATIOC_STATE - Return the current state of the battery (see
diff --git a/include/nuttx/sdio.h b/include/nuttx/sdio.h
index 035e267710..41752a264c 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/sdio.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/sdio.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
  *   avoid potentially very long (600Ms+) busy waiting in the MMCSD driver.
  *
  *   To implement D0 Busy signalling, the underlying SDIO driver must be
- *   capable of switching the the D0 GPIO to be a rising edge sensitive
+ *   capable of switching the D0 GPIO to be a rising edge sensitive
  *   interrupt pin. It must then, condition that pin to detect the rising
  *   edge on receipt of SDWAIT_WRCOMPLETE in the SDIO_WAITENABLE call and
  *   return it back to regular SDIO mode, when either the ISR fires or pin
diff --git a/include/nuttx/spi/slave.h b/include/nuttx/spi/slave.h
index b53ce28f51..ba11c26394 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/spi/slave.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/spi/slave.h
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
  * 1) struct spi_sctrlr_s:   Defines one interface between the SPI
  *    slave device and the SPI slave controller hardware.  This interface
  *    is implemented by the SPI slave device controller lower-half driver
- *    and is provided to the the SPI slave device driver when that driver
+ *    and is provided to the SPI slave device driver when that driver
  *    is initialized.  That SPI slave device initialization function is
  *    unique to the SPI slave implementation.  The prototype is probably
  *    something like:
diff --git a/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost.h b/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost.h
index 6b6b495954..7f95b1d5b3 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost.h
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
  *   will enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  Only one
  *   transfer may be queued on a given endpoint/
  *
- *   When the transfer completes, the the callback will be invoked with the
+ *   When the transfer completes, the callback will be invoked with the
  *   provided argument.
  *
  *   This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ struct usbhost_id_s
   uint16_t pid;      /* Product ID (for vendor/product specific devices) */
 };
 
-/* The struct usbhost_registry_s type describes information that is kept in the the
+/* The struct usbhost_registry_s type describes information that is kept in the
  * USB host registry.  USB host class implementations register this information so
  * that USB host drivers can later find the class that matches the device that is
  * connected to the USB port.
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ struct usbhost_driver_s
    * will enqueue the transfer request and return immediately.  Only one
    * transfer may be queued on a given endpoint/
    *
-   * When the transfer completes, the the callback will be invoked with the
+   * When the transfer completes, the callback will be invoked with the
    * provided argument.
    *
    * This method is useful for receiving interrupt transfers which may come
diff --git a/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost_devaddr.h b/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost_devaddr.h
index 378196b7d3..f62578e7d4 100644
--- a/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost_devaddr.h
+++ b/include/nuttx/usb/usbhost_devaddr.h
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void usbhost_devaddr_initialize(FAR struct usbhost_roothubport_s *rhport);
  *     newly connected and so is in need of a function address.
  *
  * Returned Value:
- *   On success, a new device function address in the the range 0x01 to 0x7f
+ *   On success, a new device function address in the range 0x01 to 0x7f
  *   is returned.  On failure, a negated errno value is returned.
  *
  ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/include/sys/boardctl.h b/include/sys/boardctl.h
index c96215ec93..e0294e6437 100644
--- a/include/sys/boardctl.h
+++ b/include/sys/boardctl.h
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
  *                board_app_initialize() implementation without modification.
  *                The argument has no meaning to NuttX; the meaning of the
  *                argument is a contract between the board-specific
- *                initalization logic and the the matching application logic.
+ *                initalization logic and the matching application logic.
  *                The value cold be such things as a mode enumeration value,
  *                a set of DIP switch switch settings, a pointer to
  *                configuration data read from a file or serial FLASH, or
diff --git a/libc/locale/lib_localeconv.c b/libc/locale/lib_localeconv.c
index 697f369cf4..b0338a982e 100644
--- a/libc/locale/lib_localeconv.c
+++ b/libc/locale/lib_localeconv.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
 FAR struct lconv *localeconv(void)
 {
-  /* NULL indicates the the locale was not changed */
+  /* NULL indicates the locale was not changed */
 
   return NULL;
 }
diff --git a/libc/modlib/modlib_registry.c b/libc/modlib/modlib_registry.c
index 2cab201230..7fd46289a7 100644
--- a/libc/modlib/modlib_registry.c
+++ b/libc/modlib/modlib_registry.c
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ int modlib_registry_del(FAR struct module_s *modp)
  *
  * Returned Value:
  *   If the registry entry is found, a pointer to the module entry is
- *   returned.  NULL is returned if the they entry is not found.
+ *   returned.  NULL is returned if the entry is not found.
  *
  * Assumptions:
  *   The caller holds the lock on the module registry.
@@ -344,4 +344,4 @@ int modlib_registry_foreach(mod_callback_t callback, FAR void *arg)
 
   modlib_registry_unlock();
   return ret;
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/libc/netdb/lib_dns.h b/libc/netdb/lib_dns.h
index 9a6f25b7e6..ad9661edca 100644
--- a/libc/netdb/lib_dns.h
+++ b/libc/netdb/lib_dns.h
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ int dns_bind(void);
  * Name: dns_query
  *
  * Description:
- *   Using the DNS resolver socket (sd), look up the the 'hostname', and
+ *   Using the DNS resolver socket (sd), look up the 'hostname', and
  *   return its IP address in 'ipaddr'
  *
  * Input Parameters:
diff --git a/libc/netdb/lib_dnsquery.c b/libc/netdb/lib_dnsquery.c
index 3602a5c8dd..59196206b6 100644
--- a/libc/netdb/lib_dnsquery.c
+++ b/libc/netdb/lib_dnsquery.c
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ static int dns_recv_response(int sd, FAR struct sockaddr *addr,
  * Name: dns_query_callback
  *
  * Description:
- *   Using the DNS information and this DNS server address, look up the the
+ *   Using the DNS information and this DNS server address, look up the
  *   hostname.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ static int dns_query_callback(FAR void *arg, FAR struct sockaddr *addr,
  * Name: dns_query
  *
  * Description:
- *   Using the DNS resolver socket (sd), look up the the 'hostname', and
+ *   Using the DNS resolver socket (sd), look up the 'hostname', and
  *   return its IP address in 'ipaddr'
  *
  * Input Parameters:
diff --git a/libc/wqueue/work_usrthread.c b/libc/wqueue/work_usrthread.c
index f0815ac0c7..925e8d6f78 100644
--- a/libc/wqueue/work_usrthread.c
+++ b/libc/wqueue/work_usrthread.c
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ void work_process(FAR struct usr_wqueue_s *wqueue)
 
               work->worker = NULL;
 
-              /* Do the work.  Unlock the the work queue while the work is being
+              /* Do the work.  Unlock the work queue while the work is being
                * performed... we don't have any idea how long this will take!
                */
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void work_process(FAR struct usr_wqueue_s *wqueue)
         {
           /* This one is not ready.
            *
-           * NOTE that elapsed is relative to the the current time,
+           * NOTE that elapsed is relative to the current time,
            * not the time of beginning of this queue processing pass.
            * So it may need an adjustment.
            */
diff --git a/libnx/nxfonts/nxfonts_cache.c b/libnx/nxfonts/nxfonts_cache.c
index 9d45827826..b2cdf74da0 100644
--- a/libnx/nxfonts/nxfonts_cache.c
+++ b/libnx/nxfonts/nxfonts_cache.c
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nxf_findglyph(FAR struct nxfonts_fcache_s *priv, uint8_t ch)
         glyph != NULL;
         prev = glyph, glyph = glyph->flink)
     {
-      /* Check if we found the the glyph for this character */
+      /* Check if we found the glyph for this character */
 
       if (glyph->code == ch)
         {
diff --git a/mm/iob/iob_clone.c b/mm/iob/iob_clone.c
index 8b3754b482..cfa8150f10 100644
--- a/mm/iob/iob_clone.c
+++ b/mm/iob/iob_clone.c
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ int iob_clone(FAR struct iob_s *iob1, FAR struct iob_s *iob2, bool throttled)
   iob2->io_pktlen = iob1->io_pktlen;
 
   /* Handle special case where there are empty buffers at the head
-   * the the list.
+   * the list.
    */
 
   while (iob1->io_len <= 0)
diff --git a/mm/shm/README.txt b/mm/shm/README.txt
index 681f5a0eb9..81bdfab86e 100644
--- a/mm/shm/README.txt
+++ b/mm/shm/README.txt
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Concepts
     int shmctl(int shmid, int cmd, struct shmid_ds *buf);
 
   In order for a process to make use of the memory region, it must be
-  "attached" the the process using:
+  "attached" the process using:
 
     FAR void *shmat(int shmid, FAR const void *shmaddr, int shmflg);
 
diff --git a/mm/shm/shmat.c b/mm/shm/shmat.c
index 6b677e5ddd..a81f974759 100644
--- a/mm/shm/shmat.c
+++ b/mm/shm/shmat.c
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ FAR void *shmat(int shmid, FAR const void *shmaddr, int shmflg)
 
   region->sr_ds.shm_nattch++;
 
-  /* Save the process ID of the the last operation */
+  /* Save the process ID of the last operation */
 
   region->sr_ds.shm_lpid = tcb->pid;
 
diff --git a/mm/shm/shmctl.c b/mm/shm/shmctl.c
index 4e5ac13c5f..0c468b36af 100644
--- a/mm/shm/shmctl.c
+++ b/mm/shm/shmctl.c
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
  *       to be stored in the structure pointed to by the buf argument.
  *
  * POSIX Deviations:
- *     - IPC_SET.  Does not set the the shm_perm.uid or shm_perm.gid
+ *     - IPC_SET.  Does not set the shm_perm.uid or shm_perm.gid
  *       members of the shmid_ds data structure associated with shmid
  *       because user and group IDs are not yet supported by NuttX
  *     - IPC_SET.  Does not restrict the operation to processes with
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ int shmctl(int shmid, int cmd, struct shmid_ds *buf)
         goto errout_with_semaphore;
     }
 
-  /* Save the process ID of the the last operation */
+  /* Save the process ID of the last operation */
 
   region = &g_shminfo.si_region[shmid];
   region->sr_ds.shm_lpid = getpid();
diff --git a/mm/shm/shmdt.c b/mm/shm/shmdt.c
index 55c2fd0554..28c993b641 100644
--- a/mm/shm/shmdt.c
+++ b/mm/shm/shmdt.c
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ int shmdt(FAR const void *shmaddr)
       region->sr_ds.shm_nattch--;
     }
 
-  /* Save the process ID of the the last operation */
+  /* Save the process ID of the last operation */
 
   region->sr_ds.shm_lpid = tcb->pid;
 
diff --git a/net/arp/arp.h b/net/arp/arp.h
index 46cd0039f8..4aca859476 100644
--- a/net/arp/arp.h
+++ b/net/arp/arp.h
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ int arp_poll(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev, devif_poll_callback_t callback);
  *
  * Description:
  *   Called BEFORE an ARP request is sent.  This function sets up the ARP
- *   response timeout before the the ARP request is sent so that there is
+ *   response timeout before the ARP request is sent so that there is
  *   no race condition when arp_wait() is called.
  *
  * Assumptions:
diff --git a/net/arp/arp_notify.c b/net/arp/arp_notify.c
index 112cb6614a..ebc7faaea6 100644
--- a/net/arp/arp_notify.c
+++ b/net/arp/arp_notify.c
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ static FAR struct arp_notify_s *g_arp_waiters;
  *
  * Description:
  *   Called BEFORE an ARP request is sent.  This function sets up the ARP
- *   response timeout before the the ARP request is sent so that there is
+ *   response timeout before the ARP request is sent so that there is
  *   no race condition when arp_wait() is called.
  *
  * Assumptions:
diff --git a/net/devif/devif.h b/net/devif/devif.h
index df45f7d8be..e90377dd58 100644
--- a/net/devif/devif.h
+++ b/net/devif/devif.h
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ void devif_iob_send(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev, FAR struct iob_s *buf,
  *
  * Description:
  *   Called from socket logic in order to send a raw packet in response to
- *   an xmit or poll request from the the network interface driver.
+ *   an xmit or poll request from the network interface driver.
  *
  *   This is almost identical to calling devif_send() except that the data to
  *   be sent is copied into dev->d_buf (vs. dev->d_appdata), since there is
diff --git a/net/devif/devif_pktsend.c b/net/devif/devif_pktsend.c
index 7e6c83a209..a2b7f07c50 100644
--- a/net/devif/devif_pktsend.c
+++ b/net/devif/devif_pktsend.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
  *
  * Description:
  *   Called from socket logic in order to send a raw packet in response to
- *   an xmit or poll request from the the network interface driver.
+ *   an xmit or poll request from the network interface driver.
  *
  *   This is almost identical to calling devif_send() except that the data to
  *   be sent is copied into dev->d_buf (vs. dev->d_appdata), since there is
diff --git a/net/netdev/netdev_verify.c b/net/netdev/netdev_verify.c
index 14e05b97a0..4d859e2b98 100644
--- a/net/netdev/netdev_verify.c
+++ b/net/netdev/netdev_verify.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ bool netdev_verify(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev)
   net_lock();
   for (chkdev = g_netdevices; chkdev != NULL; chkdev = chkdev->flink)
     {
-      /* Is the the network device that we are looking for? */
+      /* Is the network device that we are looking for? */
 
       if (chkdev == dev)
         {
diff --git a/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_input.c b/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_input.c
index 9739ab7f61..db4f1c2c9f 100644
--- a/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_input.c
+++ b/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_input.c
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ static int sixlowpan_dispatch(FAR struct ieee802154_driver_s *ieee)
  *
  *   When the packet in the d_buf is fully reassembled, it will be provided
  *   to the network as with any other received packet.  d_len will be set
- *   the the length of the uncompressed, reassembled packet.
+ *   the length of the uncompressed, reassembled packet.
  *
  *   After the network processes the packet, d_len will be set to zero.
  *   Network logic may also decide to send a response to the packet.  In
diff --git a/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_send.c b/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_send.c
index db8337834c..a8fcdea983 100644
--- a/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_send.c
+++ b/net/sixlowpan/sixlowpan_send.c
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ int sixlowpan_send(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev,
           sinfo.s_cb->priv    = (FAR void *)&sinfo;
           sinfo.s_cb->event   = send_interrupt;
 
-          /* Notify the the IEEE802.15.4 MAC that we have data to send. */
+          /* Notify the IEEE802.15.4 MAC that we have data to send. */
 
           netdev_txnotify_dev(dev);
 
diff --git a/net/socket/net_monitor.c b/net/socket/net_monitor.c
index d44a6fe515..4f41acb591 100644
--- a/net/socket/net_monitor.c
+++ b/net/socket/net_monitor.c
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ int net_startmonitor(FAR struct socket *psock)
       conn->connection_devcb   = NULL;
       conn->connection_event   = NULL;
 
-      /* And return -ENOTCONN to indicate the the monitor was not started
+      /* And return -ENOTCONN to indicate the monitor was not started
        * because the socket was already disconnected.
        */
 
diff --git a/net/tcp/tcp.h b/net/tcp/tcp.h
index 8d25bf6ff0..4b3bb85e75 100644
--- a/net/tcp/tcp.h
+++ b/net/tcp/tcp.h
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ struct tcp_conn_s
    *   accept_private: This is private data that will be available to the
    *     accept() handler when it is invoked with a point to this structure
    *     as an argument.
-   *   accept: This is the the pointer to the accept handler.
+   *   accept: This is the pointer to the accept handler.
    */
 
   FAR void *accept_private;
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ struct tcp_conn_s
    *     this structure as an argument.
    *   connection_devcb: this is the allocated callback structure that is
    *     used to
-   *   connection_event: This is the the pointer to the connection event
+   *   connection_event: This is the pointer to the connection event
    *     handler.
    */
 
diff --git a/net/tcp/tcp_send.c b/net/tcp/tcp_send.c
index a68394b24c..efe8be243f 100644
--- a/net/tcp/tcp_send.c
+++ b/net/tcp/tcp_send.c
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ void tcp_ack(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev, FAR struct tcp_conn_s *conn,
       tcp     = TCPIPv6BUF;
       tcp_mss = TCP_IPv6_MSS(dev);
 
-      /* Set the the packet length for the TCP Maximum Segment Size */
+      /* Set the packet length for the TCP Maximum Segment Size */
 
       dev->d_len  = IPv6TCP_HDRLEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN;
     }
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ void tcp_ack(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev, FAR struct tcp_conn_s *conn,
       tcp     = TCPIPv4BUF;
       tcp_mss = TCP_IPv4_MSS(dev);
 
-      /* Set the the packet length for the TCP Maximum Segment Size */
+      /* Set the packet length for the TCP Maximum Segment Size */
 
       dev->d_len  = IPv4TCP_HDRLEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN;
     }
diff --git a/net/tcp/tcp_send_buffered.c b/net/tcp/tcp_send_buffered.c
index f88b9d5f2b..7b6d7e639e 100644
--- a/net/tcp/tcp_send_buffered.c
+++ b/net/tcp/tcp_send_buffered.c
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ static inline void psock_lost_connection(FAR struct socket *psock,
 static inline void send_ipselect(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev,
                                  FAR struct tcp_conn_s *conn)
 {
-  /* Which domain the the socket support */
+  /* Which domain the socket support */
 
   if (conn->domain == PF_INET)
     {
diff --git a/net/tcp/tcp_send_unbuffered.c b/net/tcp/tcp_send_unbuffered.c
index 9571819952..2ad73a02d4 100644
--- a/net/tcp/tcp_send_unbuffered.c
+++ b/net/tcp/tcp_send_unbuffered.c
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ static inline int send_timeout(FAR struct send_s *pstate)
 static inline void tcpsend_ipselect(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev,
                                     FAR struct tcp_conn_s *conn)
 {
-  /* Which domain the the socket support */
+  /* Which domain the socket support */
 
   if (conn->domain == PF_INET)
     {
diff --git a/net/udp/udp_psock_sendto.c b/net/udp/udp_psock_sendto.c
index a7b7a9d032..8cdac7ff4b 100644
--- a/net/udp/udp_psock_sendto.c
+++ b/net/udp/udp_psock_sendto.c
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ static inline void sendto_ipselect(FAR struct net_driver_s *dev,
   FAR struct socket *psock = pstate->st_sock;
   DEBUGASSERT(psock);
 
-  /* Which domain the the socket support */
+  /* Which domain the socket support */
 
   if (psock->s_domain == PF_INET)
     {
diff --git a/sched/Kconfig b/sched/Kconfig
index 6cefe0e121..c8725bae9f 100644
--- a/sched/Kconfig
+++ b/sched/Kconfig
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ config USEC_PER_TICK
 		In the "normal" configuration where system time is provided by a
 		periodic timer interrupt, the default system timer is expected to
 		run at 100Hz or USEC_PER_TICK=10000.  This setting must be defined
-		to inform of NuttX the interval that the the processor hardware is
+		to inform of NuttX the interval that the processor hardware is
 		providing system timer interrupts to the OS.
 
 		If SCHED_TICKLESS is selected, then there are no system timer
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ config USEC_PER_TICK
 		by clock_systimer() and the resolution of times that can be set for
 		certain delays including watchdog timers and delayed work.  In this
 		case there is a trade-off:  It is better to have the USEC_PER_TICK as
-		low as possible for higher timing resolution.  However, the the time
+		low as possible for higher timing resolution.  However, the time
 		is currently held in 'unsigned int' on some systems, this may be
 		16-bits but on most contemporary systems it will be 32-bits.  In
 		either case, smaller values of USEC_PER_TICK will reduce the range
diff --git a/sched/group/group_join.c b/sched/group/group_join.c
index 5aecedebe7..7fb2a817fa 100644
--- a/sched/group/group_join.c
+++ b/sched/group/group_join.c
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ static inline int group_addmember(FAR struct task_group_s *group, pid_t pid)
  *
  * Assumptions:
  * - The parent task from which the group will be inherited is the task at
- *   the thead of the ready to run list.
+ *   the head of the ready to run list.
  * - Called during thread creation in a safe context.  No special precautions
  *   are required here.
  *
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ int group_bind(FAR struct pthread_tcb_s *tcb)
  *
  * Assumptions:
  * - The parent task from which the group will be inherited is the task at
- *   the thead of the ready to run list.
+ *   the head of the ready to run list.
  * - Called during thread creation in a safe context.  No special precautions
  *   are required here.
  *
diff --git a/sched/pthread/pthread_cleanup.c b/sched/pthread/pthread_cleanup.c
index 6c71cd8c13..1fa0f6d0b6 100644
--- a/sched/pthread/pthread_cleanup.c
+++ b/sched/pthread/pthread_cleanup.c
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static void pthread_cleanup_pop_tcb(FAR struct pthread_tcb_s *tcb, int execute)
  *   - The thread calls pthread_cleanup_pop() with a non-zero execute argument.
  *
  * Input Parameters:
- *   routine - The cleanup routine to be pushed on the the cleanup stack.
+ *   routine - The cleanup routine to be pushed on the cleanup stack.
  *   arg     - An argument that will accompany the callback.
  *   execute - Execute the popped cleanup function immediately.
  *
diff --git a/sched/sched/sched_resumescheduler.c b/sched/sched/sched_resumescheduler.c
index 0c451e1577..52eaef8374 100644
--- a/sched/sched/sched_resumescheduler.c
+++ b/sched/sched/sched_resumescheduler.c
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void sched_resume_scheduler(FAR struct tcb_s *tcb)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_INSTRUMENTATION
-  /* Inidicate the the task has been resumed */
+  /* Inidicate the task has been resumed */
 
   sched_note_resume(tcb);
 #endif
diff --git a/sched/sched/sched_setaffinity.c b/sched/sched/sched_setaffinity.c
index c2d50af146..734745e177 100644
--- a/sched/sched/sched_setaffinity.c
+++ b/sched/sched/sched_setaffinity.c
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ int sched_setaffinity(pid_t pid, size_t cpusetsize, FAR const cpu_set_t *mask)
 
       if ((tcb->affinity & (1 << tcb->cpu)) == 0)
         {
-          /* No.. then we will need to move the task from the the assigned
+          /* No.. then we will need to move the task from the assigned
            * task list to some other ready to run list.
            *
            * sched_setpriority() will do just what we want... it will remove
diff --git a/sched/sched/sched_setpriority.c b/sched/sched/sched_setpriority.c
index bf273e1e5b..abad51b801 100644
--- a/sched/sched/sched_setpriority.c
+++ b/sched/sched/sched_setpriority.c
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ static void sched_readytorun_setpriority(FAR struct tcb_s *tcb,
       cpu = tcb->cpu;
     }
 
-  /* The running task is the the task at the head of the g_assignedtasks[]
+  /* The running task is the task at the head of the g_assignedtasks[]
    * associated with the selected CPU.
    */
 
diff --git a/sched/sched/sched_sporadic.c b/sched/sched/sched_sporadic.c
index 086e27d44f..68996012fe 100644
--- a/sched/sched/sched_sporadic.c
+++ b/sched/sched/sched_sporadic.c
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ int sched_sporadic_suspend(FAR struct tcb_s *tcb)
  *
  * Returned Value:
  *   The number if ticks remaining until the budget interval expires.
- *   Zero is returned if we are in the low-priority phase of the the
+ *   Zero is returned if we are in the low-priority phase of the
  *   replenishment interval.
  *
  * Assumptions:
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ uint32_t sched_sporadic_process(FAR struct tcb_s *tcb, uint32_t ticks,
       return 0;
     }
 
-  /* Check if the the budget interval has elapse  If 'ticks' is greater
+  /* Check if the budget interval has elapse  If 'ticks' is greater
    * than the timeslice value, then we ignore any excess amount.
    *
    * 'ticks' should never be greater than the remaining timeslice.  We try
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ uint32_t sched_sporadic_process(FAR struct tcb_s *tcb, uint32_t ticks,
           return 1;
         }
 
-      /* Another possibility is the the budget interval is equal to the
+      /* Another possibility is the budget interval is equal to the
        * entire replenishment interval.  This would not seem like such a
        * good thing to do, but is certainly permitted.
        */
diff --git a/sched/sched/sched_suspendscheduler.c b/sched/sched/sched_suspendscheduler.c
index f938a82e01..857cb0be17 100644
--- a/sched/sched/sched_suspendscheduler.c
+++ b/sched/sched/sched_suspendscheduler.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ void sched_suspend_scheduler(FAR struct tcb_s *tcb)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_INSTRUMENTATION
-  /* Inidicate the the task has been suspended */
+  /* Inidicate the task has been suspended */
 
   sched_note_suspend(tcb);
 #endif
diff --git a/sched/task/task_getpid.c b/sched/task/task_getpid.c
index 29ae703e87..51460f97f2 100644
--- a/sched/task/task_getpid.c
+++ b/sched/task/task_getpid.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ pid_t getpid(void)
 {
   FAR struct tcb_s *rtcb;
 
-  /* Get the the TCB at the head of the ready-to-run task list.  That
+  /* Get the TCB at the head of the ready-to-run task list.  That
    * will be the currently executing task.  There is an exception to
    * this:  Early in the start-up sequence, the ready-to-run list may be
    * empty!  This case, of course, the start-up/IDLE thread with pid == 0
diff --git a/sched/task/task_terminate.c b/sched/task/task_terminate.c
index 4a42c8232e..415ba8994b 100644
--- a/sched/task/task_terminate.c
+++ b/sched/task/task_terminate.c
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ int task_terminate(pid_t pid, bool nonblocking)
 
   cpu = sched_cpu_pause(dtcb);
 
-  /* Get the task list associated with the the thread's state and CPU */
+  /* Get the task list associated with the thread's state and CPU */
 
   tasklist = TLIST_HEAD(dtcb->task_state, cpu);
 #else
diff --git a/sched/task/task_vfork.c b/sched/task/task_vfork.c
index 73246ac76e..7c15868cc9 100644
--- a/sched/task/task_vfork.c
+++ b/sched/task/task_vfork.c
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ pid_t task_vforkstart(FAR struct task_tcb_s *child)
 
   /* Eliminate a race condition by disabling pre-emption.  The child task
    * can be instantiated, but cannot run until we call waitpid().  This
-   * assures us that we cannot miss the the death-of-child signal (only
+   * assures us that we cannot miss the death-of-child signal (only
    * needed in the SMP case).
    */
 
diff --git a/sched/wdog/wd_create.c b/sched/wdog/wd_create.c
index 6b9f944cd9..8bd6496153 100644
--- a/sched/wdog/wd_create.c
+++ b/sched/wdog/wd_create.c
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ WDOG_ID wd_create (void)
   flags = enter_critical_section();
 
   /* If we are in an interrupt handler -OR- if the number of pre-allocated
-   * timer structures exceeds the reserve, then take the the next timer from
+   * timer structures exceeds the reserve, then take the next timer from
    * the head of the free list.
    */
 
diff --git a/sched/wdog/wd_start.c b/sched/wdog/wd_start.c
index 227a7933bd..f94f9c2320 100644
--- a/sched/wdog/wd_start.c
+++ b/sched/wdog/wd_start.c
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ int wd_start(WDOG_ID wdog, int32_t delay, wdentry_t wdentry,  int argc, ...)
  *
  * Parameters:
  *   ticks - If CONFIG_SCHED_TICKLESS is defined then the number of ticks
- *     in the the interval that just expired is provided.  Otherwise,
+ *     in the interval that just expired is provided.  Otherwise,
  *     this function is called on each timer interrupt and a value of one
  *     is implicit.
  *
diff --git a/sched/wdog/wdog.h b/sched/wdog/wdog.h
index 73e4d4b969..4b51b2355f 100644
--- a/sched/wdog/wdog.h
+++ b/sched/wdog/wdog.h
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void weak_function wd_initialize(void);
  *
  * Parameters:
  *   ticks - If CONFIG_SCHED_TICKLESS is defined then the number of ticks
- *     in the the interval that just expired is provided.  Otherwise,
+ *     in the interval that just expired is provided.  Otherwise,
  *     this function is called on each timer interrupt and a value of one
  *     is implicit.
  *
diff --git a/sched/wqueue/kwork_process.c b/sched/wqueue/kwork_process.c
index 8354a81fca..2a5fab2611 100644
--- a/sched/wqueue/kwork_process.c
+++ b/sched/wqueue/kwork_process.c
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ void work_process(FAR struct kwork_wqueue_s *wqueue, systime_t period, int wndx)
         {
           /* This one is not ready.
            *
-           * NOTE that elapsed is relative to the the current time,
+           * NOTE that elapsed is relative to the current time,
            * not the time of beginning of this queue processing pass.
            * So it may need an adjustment.
            */
diff --git a/tools/Config.mk b/tools/Config.mk
index f222cc0e0e..9a78aea743 100644
--- a/tools/Config.mk
+++ b/tools/Config.mk
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ endef
 # Example: $(call MOVEOBJ, prefix, directory)
 #
 # This is only used in directories that keep object files in sub-directories.
-# Certain compilers (ZDS-II) always place the resulting files in the the
+# Certain compilers (ZDS-II) always place the resulting files in the
 # directory where the compiler was invoked with not option to generate objects
 # in a different location.
 
diff --git a/tools/README.txt b/tools/README.txt
index 282be57b42..e44f64a8d4 100644
--- a/tools/README.txt
+++ b/tools/README.txt
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ refresh.sh
   The steps to refresh the file taken by refresh.sh are:
 
   1. Make tools/cmpconfig if it is not already built.
-  2. Copy the the defconfig file to the top-level NuttX
+  2. Copy the defconfig file to the top-level NuttX
      directory as .config (being careful to save any previous
      .config file that you might want to keep!).
   3. Execute 'make oldconfig' to update the configuration.